bachelor of engineering (civil) - fnu | home · the bachelor of engineering (civil) started in...

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, SCIENCE

& TECHNOLOGY

SCHOOL OF BUILDING & CIVIL ENGINEERING

Bachelor of Engineering

(Civil)

Programme Documents &

Unit Descriptions

2013

2

Table of Contents

Index Page No.

1.0 BACKGROUND INFORMATION 4

1.1 Rationale 4

1.2 Aims and Objective 5

1.3 Graduate Profile 5

1.4 Programme Philosophy 6

2.0 PROGRAMME REGULATIONS 6

2.1 Admission Requirements 6

2.2 Award of Degree 6

3.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 7

3.1 General 7

3.2 Compulsory Units 7

3.3 Elective Units 7

3.4 Delivery Mode 7

3.5 Order of Delivery / Table 1 – Table 3 7 - 10

4.0 ASSESSMENT 11

4.1 Assessment Philosophy 11

4.2 Methods of Assessment 11

4.3 Criteria for Assessment 11

5.0 TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS 11

5.1 Introduction 11

5.2 Methods 12

6.0 MONITORING, EVALUATING AND REVIEWING OF PROGRAMME 12

6.1 Board of Studies 12

6.2 Examination Board 12

6.3 On-going Monitoring 12

6.4 External Moderation 13

6.5 Industry Advisory Committee (IAC) 13

7.0 UNIT INFORMATION 14 - 21

8.0 PROGRAMME UNIT DESCRIPTOR

22

English for Academic Studies 23 – 34

Engineering Computation 1 35 - 45

Engineering Physics 46 – 56

Engineering Graphics 57 - 67

Material Science 68 – 78

Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering 79 – 89

Introduction to Computer Programming 90 – 100

Engineering Mechanics 101 – 110

Workshop Practice 111 – 121

Engineering Computation 2 122 – 132

Surveying for Engineers 133 – 142

Geomechanics 143 – 152

Hydraulics 1 153 – 163

3

Structural Mechanics for Engineers 164 – 174

Engineering Geology 175 – 184

Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving 185 – 194

Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey 195 – 205

Hydraulics 2 206 – 216

ODEs & Numerical Analysis 217 – 227

Design and Analysis of Timber Structures 228 – 237

Design and Analysis of Steel Structures 238 - 247

Geotechnical Engineering 248 – 256

Engineering Hydrology 257 – 266

Reinforced Concrete Structures 267 - 275

Foundation Engineering 276 - 284

Civil Measurement and Tendering 285 – 294

Design of Masonry Structures (Project) 295 – 306

Airport Engineering 307 – 316

Water Resource Engineering 317 - 326

Civil Engineering Technology 327 – 337

Highway Engineering & Design Application 338 – 348

Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering 349 – 360

Project Management 361 – 370

Irrigation Engineering 371 – 380

Structural Analysis 381 – 389

Earthquake Engineering 390 – 399

Advanced Water Engineering Project 400 - 422

4

College of Engineering, Science and Technology

School of Building & Civil Engineering Bachelor of Engineering (Civil)

1.0 Background Information

In 2010, the Fiji government mandated to merge Fiji Institute of Technology with existing five colleges in Fiji. The merger of the six colleges brings to the birth of the Fiji National University (FNU). Among the colleges of said university are the College of Engineering, Science and Technology (CEST). Bachelor of Engineering are offered in CEST including Bachelor of Engineering (Civil), which is duly approved by the industry and FNU Senate. The Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) started in January year 2010.

On October 2011, CEST/FNU decided to adopt common units for year 1 of Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The introduction of the common units affected the existing Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering programme and its syllabus needs realignment/adjustment to cater for the common units.

The realignment of the whole Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) is now presented in this document.

1.1 Rationale

FNU has a responsibility to the Nation, the student and to industry. The student and industry in their turn have a responsibility to their chosen profession. In these days of ever widening access to tertiary education a bachelor’s degree is rapidly becoming the minimum qualification for gaining entry to para-professional as well as to professional employment. It is therefore seen as being of vital importance to all parties to enable each student to reach the highest level of education of which he or she is capable. In practice this means that the best students should aspire to degree. This is the reason FNU offers a Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) programme, to cater the needs of the industry and to help aspiring and deserving students to fulfill their dreams.

The curriculum documents have also been prepared to comply with the requirements of The General Academic Statute of the Fiji Institute of Technology and more recently the University Academic and Student Regulations (UASR) of the Fiji National University (FNU).

5

1.2 Aims and Objectives

To educate students in the field of Civil Engineering in order to prepare them for careers in engineering industry, professional engineers, entrepreneurs, and enable them to become a leader in their field of expertise. The objectives of the programme are to;

a) Provide a thorough foundation in the basic physical sciences and

civil engineering fundamentals. b) To teach students basic scientific principles of solving technological

problems in engineering by providing them instructions in analysis, development, design and practical work in the various field of civil engineering.

c) To train the students to acquire the capability for meaningful result

oriented research in different fields of civil engineering. d) To acquire advance knowledge through conduct of basic, applied

and adaptive research. e) To be capable of addressing issues of ethics, safety,

professionalism, cultural diversity, globalization, environmental impact and social and economic impact in engineering practice.

f) To create engineering solutions (and products) with socio-economic

impact that can create wealth to the nation. g) To attract potential investors to the country because of highly

educated work force and imply minimal costs to the operation.

1.3 Graduate Profile

The profile for student graduating in Bachelor of Civil Engineering is to produce competent civil engineers that will become the “leading lights” of the industry. A successful candidate who completed said field of study should have and be able to have: a) Sufficiency of theoretical knowledge in earthquake engineering,

environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, materials engineering, structural engineering, surveying, and in municipal and urban engineering in designing a safe and reliable vertical engineering structures, i.e., residential houses, office and commercial buildings;

b) Design a safe and reliable horizontal engineering structures i.e.,

roadway structures, irrigation structures and other water resource engineering structures;

c) Sufficiency of theoretical and practical knowledge in the site or in the

engineering office, application of safe construction and project management in vertical and horizontal construction

6

d) Act as an effective channel of communication between the engineering team and the labour force.

e) Efficiently execute routine administrative tasks including those

associated with the application of modern management techniques.

f) Liaise with government and local government organisations and generally facilitate the process of satisfying many legal requirements to which the industry is obliged to conform.

1.4 Program Philosophy

Throughout the programme the emphasis is on personal development, whether through project/investigative work or through more traditional teaching methods. Courses provide a mixture of theory to develop the intellectual skills of the student, with hands-on activities to develop the practical skills, which are vital to the practicing eengineers.

2.0 Programme Regulations

2.1 Admission Requirements

The minimum entry requirement for admission to Bachelor of Engineering (Civil), is a pass in Fiji Form Seven with at least obtaining a mark of 70 % in English, Physics, Mathematics, Technical Drawing or in Chemistry. The students are admitted directly in the second year with credit transfer option on completion of F.N.U. Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent from any other university/institution. The students with Advanced Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent are admitted in the third year of the engineering programme.

Enrolment in the programme is done after duly verifying all the documents including transcripts, birth certificate, identification etc. Final enrolment is confirmed only after he or she pays the full fees or makes alternative arrangements with the finance department in writing.

2.2 Award of the Degree

To be considered for the award of the Bachelor of Civil Engineering the candidate must have:

a) Completed all the prescribed units and accumulated a minimum of

480 credit points.

b) Engineering work attachment in a reputable and legally recognized

engineering firm in Fiji and overseas for a period of 6 months during

the course of study.

7

3.0 Programme Structure

3.1 General

The duration of the programme is four years consisting of eight semesters. The student will be expected to undergo 6 months engineering work attachments within these eight semesters to complete the programme. The programme consists of 35 units drawn from levels 5 to 7. The maximum duration of the program is six years. Students who do not complete this programme within six years should be automatically considered that they do not complete the programme and are not eligible for the award of the degree.

3.2 Compulsory Units

The majority of the units are compulsory as given in Table 1.

3.3 Elective Units

The choice of elective units is offered in year 3 and 4. Elective units may be withdrawn if there are less than ten students in an elective unit. The elective units may be changed from time to time to suit the requirements of the industry/availability of the faculty member in the college.

3.4 Delivery Mode

The programme is full-time based on 18 weeks per semester. Intakes are at the beginning of each academic year and students proceed from one semester to another until semester eight as mentioned in the UASR.

3.5 Order of Delivery

Units are tabled according to the year/semester in the Programme Descriptions (Table 1 and Table 2). Unit content instruction should be delivered chronologically as itemized in the Unit Descriptors.

8

Table 1. Programme Descriptor

Code: BEC

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (Civil)

Year One

Semester 1 Semester 2

Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title LNG501 English for Academic Studies BEN506 Introduction to Electrical & Electronics

Engineering BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 BEN601 Engineering Computation 2 BEN503 Engineering Physics BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming BEN504 BEN505

Engineering Graphics Material Science

BEN508 BEN 509

Engineering Mechanics Workshop Practice

Year Two


Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title BEC602 Surveying for Engineers BEC607 Engineering Analysis & Problem Solving

BEC603 Geomechanics BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 BEC609 Hydraulics 2

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis

BEC606 Engineering Geology

Year Three


Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title BEC701 BEC702 BEC703 BEC704

Design and Analysis of Timber Structures Design and Analysis of Steel Structures Geotechnical Engineering Engineering Hydrology

BEC705 BEC706 BEC707 BEC708 BEC709

Reinforced Concrete Structure Foundation Engineering Civil Measurement & Tendering Design of Masonry Structures (Project) Airport Engineering (Elective)

Year Four


Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title BEC710 BEC711 BEC712 BEC713

Water Resource Engineering Civil Engineering Technology Highway Engineering & Design Application Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering

BEC714 BEC716 BEC718 BEC715 BEC717

Project Management Structural Analysis Advance Water Engineering Project Irrigation Engineering (Elective) Earthquake Engineering (Elective)

Attachment Minimum 6 months relevant industrial training

There is a considerable degree of flexibility tolerated for students who wish to break their studies, have to resit examinations or repeat units. The only stipulation being

Prerequisites must be satisfied before proceeding to advanced units and

Re-sits and repeats can only be taken when the unit is next offered officially.

The final outcome for graduation must be the accumulation of 35 appropriate units plus the mandatory 6 months industrial experience. The student should submit the Work Experience Record Book to the school duly signed by the employer.

9

Table 2. Programme Structure

Period Unit Code

Technical Description

Level

Total Contact Hours

Total Self Directed Learning

Hours

Total Hours

Credit Points

Year 1,Sem 1

LNG501 English for Academic Studies 5 84 96 180 12

BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 5 75 105 180 12

BEN503 Engineering Physics 5 84 96 180 12

BEN504 Engineering Graphics 5 90 90 180 12

BEN505 Material Science 5 84 96 180 12

Subtotal 417 483 900 60

Year 1,Sem 2

BEN506 Introduction to Electrical & Electronics Engineering

5 84 96 180 12

BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming 5 84 96 180 12

BEN508 Engineering Mechanics 5 73 107 180 12

BEN509 Workshop Practice 5 114 66 180 12

BEN601 Engineering Computation 2 6 98 82 180 12

Subtotal 453 447 900 60

Year 2,Sem 1

BEC602 Surveying for Engineers 6 70 110 180 12

BEC603 Geomechanics 6 91 89 180 12

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 6 91 89 180 12

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers 6 70 110 180 12

BEC606 Engineering Geology 6 82 98 180 12

Subtotal 404 496 900 60

Year 2,Sem 2

BEC607 Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving 6 70 140 210 14

BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey 6 70 170 240 16

BEC609 Hydraulics 2 6 70 170 240 16

BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis 6 84 126 210 14

Subtotal 294 606 900 60

Year 3,Sem 1

BEC701 Design and Analysis of Timber Structures 7 82 128 210 14

BEC702 Design and Analysis of Steel Structures 7 82 128 210 14

BEC703 Geotechnical Engineering 7 82 158 240 16

BEC704 Engineering Hydrology 7 70 170 240 16

Subtotal 316 584 900 60

Year 3,Sem 2

BEC705 Reinforced Concrete Structures 7 70 170 240 16

BEC706 Foundation Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

BEC707 Civil Measurement and Tendering 7 70 170 240 16

BEC708 Design of Masonry Structures (Project) 7 98 112 210 14

Elective

BEC709 Airport Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

Subtotal 308 592 900 60

Year 4,Sem 1

BEC710 Water Resource Engineering 7 70 170 240 16

BEC711 Civil Engineering Technology 7 70 140 210 14

BEC712 Highway Engineering & Design Application 7 76 164 240 16

BEC713 Ports, Harbor &Basic Coastal Engineering 7 78 132 210 14

Subtotal 294 606 900 60

Year 4,Sem 2

BEC714 Project Management 7 70 140 210 14

BEC716 Structural Analysis 7 70 170 240 16

BEC718 Advance Water Engineering Project 7 150 90 240 16

Elective(Choose one elective for study)

BEC715 Irrigation Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

BEC717 Earthquake Engineering 7 70 170 240 16

Subtotal 360 540 900 60

Attachment ( 6 months relevant on-the job – training in any Field of Civil Engineering from reputable Engineering firm in Fiji or overseas during the course of study)

10

Table 3 Pre-requisite for every unit

Code Programme Title Pre – requisite Year 1

LNG501 English for Academic Studies Upon due admission in the programme

BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 -do-

BEN503 Engineering Physics -do-

BEN504 Engineering Graphics -do-

BEN505 Material Science -do-

BEN506 Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering

-do-

BEN601 Engineering Computation 2 BEN502

BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming BEN502

BEN508 Engineering Mechanics BEN503

BEN509 Workshop Practice -do-

Year 2

BEC602 Surveying for Engineers BEN601

BEC603 Geomechanics BEN508

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 BEN503

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers BEN508

BEC606 Engineering Geology BEN505

BEC607 Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving BEN601

BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey BEC602

BEC609 Hydraulics 2 BEC604

BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis BEN601

Year 3

BEC701 Design and Analysis of Timber structures BEC605

BEC702 Design and Analysis of Steel Structures BEC605

BEC703 Geotechnical Engineering BEC603

BEC704 Engineering Hydrology BEC609

BEC 705 Reinforced Concrete Structures BEC605

BEC706 Foundation Engineering BEC605

BEC707 Civil Measurement and Tendering BEC702

Bec708 Design of Masonry Structures (Project) BEC605

Year 4

BEC710 Water Resource Engineering BEC704

BEC711 Civil Engineering Technology BEC707

BEC712 Highway Engineering & Design Application BEC608

BEC713 Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering BEC609

BEC714 Project Management BEC707

BEC716 Structural Analysis BEC605

BEC718 Advance Water Engineering Project BEC710

Electives

Year 3

BEC709 Airport Engineering BEC703

Year 4

BEC715 Irrigation Engineering BEC710

BEC717 Earthquake Engineering BEC703

11

4.0 Assessment

4.1 Assessment Philosophy

Assessment is broken down into formative and summative components. Details are expanded below.

4.2 Methods of Assessment

The aim of summative assessment is to provide the examination board with evidence on which to base its recommendations regarding the award of grades. The primary tool for summative assessment is by final examination. These will normally be of either two or three hours duration as appropriate to the subject matter. An additional ten minutes reading time will be allowed. In preparing examination papers, consideration will be given to the level of attainment of the candidates. The aim being to move the candidates progressively from closed type problem solving towards a more open ended style of examination question. The aim of formative assessment is to guide and encourage the student to meet the performance criteria set out in each of the unit descriptors. Its primary purpose is therefore educational. The primary tool for formative assessment is the assignment. Assignments are used to develop the students’ problem solving skills and to provide guidance as to the level of attainment expected. Marks for assignment work reflect the degree to which the student has met the performance criteria. Comments on the student’s submission indicate how the work could be improved to better meet those criteria. Assignments also form the basis of the tutorial programme where the emphasis is on active rather than passive learning. Laboratory exercises are an essential part of the assessment procedure. They are assessed on the basis of a report of the work carried out and the conclusions drawn. As part of the exercise, the student is expected to conduct a literature search and review.

4.3 Criteria for Assessment

All units require that a student obtain a total mark of 50%. In units with final examinations the student must also obtain the stated minimum mark in the examination. Laboratory assignments must be completed to an acceptable standard. Attendance at laboratory sessions and completion of laboratory reports are compulsory.

5.0 Teaching and Learning Methods

5.1 Introduction

A variety of teaching methods will be used to facilitate the achievement of the aims and objectives of the programme. In the initial stages of the process of intellectual development the student will be guided towards the achievement of a successful outcome to each activity. In later stages however, this guidance will be reduced so as to encourage the student to become a self-motivated independent learner.

12

5.2 Methods

Teaching will be by a mixture of formal lectures, laboratory sessions and the solution of both closed and open-ended problems in engineering design and construction. Classroom-based activities will emphasise active participation in the learning process. In the early stages students will participate in tradition problem solving activities. Students will be expected to supply reasoned arguments in support of their approaches to solving assignment problems. Later on and as a pre-requisite to solving more open-ended problems, students will be encouraged to extend their knowledge base through directed study of externally available resource material. In the final semester the students will be required to carry out a design project based on civil engineering practice. The project will be directed towards an actual engineering problem in Fiji and will require integration of knowledge from different parts of the programme syllabus.

6.0 Monitoring, Evaluating and Reviewing of Programme

6.1 Board of Studies

The Board of Studies composition as detailed in the UASR is assembled to review, discuss and amend programme curricula.

6.2 Examination Board

The Examination Board composition as detailed in the UASR sits to review, discuss and amend individual results by consensus at the end of every stage.

6.3 On-going Monitoring

The Board of Studies sits quarterly to review programme curricula and make adjustments according to various inputs including a) new technologies b) new industrial practices legislation c) new educational developments d) changes to staff responsibilities e) employers and the Industry Advisory Committee f) the Academic Board g) the student body h) staff training roster i) reviews by external consultants etc.

The monitoring process is implemented by the application of Quality Management System procedures which ensure timely scheduling and recording of various meetings, regular calls to employer groups, launching and recording questionnaires, setting of internal and external reviews and maintaining close liaisons with industries, governments and educational bodies locally and abroad.

13

6.4 External Moderation

Final stage papers are externally moderated by experts in appropriate fields.

6.5 Industry Advisory Committee (IAC)

Composition at the time of publication:

Chairman: A Representative from the Industry Secretary: Head of School, School of Building & Civil Engineering Members: Representatives from:

Ministry of Primary Industries Ministry of Public Works Fiji Institute of Engineers Private Companies

14

7.0 UNIT INFORMATION

YEAR ONE

English for Academic Studies (LNG501) The unit is designed as an integrated, activity based unit, this course aims to equip the student with the skills required to communicate ideas of a technical nature clearly and succinctly. Modes of communication addressed in this course include written, oral, graphical and symbolic forms. This unit also aims to improve the student’s study skills and to encourage independent learning. The syllabus includes communication theory, intrapersonal communication, non-verbal communication, influence of culture on communication, group processes, strategies to manage conflict, structure and delivery of oral presentation, research and writing analytical reports.

Engineering Computation 1 (BEN502) The unit aims to provide the students with the mathematical knowledge and expertise required for their engineering studies. The syllabus of the unit includes review of basic principles of linear algebra and trigonometric functions, differential calculus, integral calculus and finite integration.

Engineering Physics (BEN503) The syllabus of the unit includes the study of laws of motion, work and energy, wave optics, nuclear physics, electromagnetism, atomic and quantum structure.

Engineering Graphics (BEN504) The unit aims to provide students understanding and interpretations of engineering drawings. Course content includes introduction to basic sketching techniques, application of pictorial, orthographic and auxiliary projection, visualization and production of sectional representations, manual drafting techniques applied to drawing machines, introduction to AUTOCAD and solid works, standards for lettering and paper layout and requirements for both detail and assembly drawings, additional representations for surface finish, geometric tolerancing, keyways, welding and fabrication, abbreviations applied to engineering drawings, constructional techniques, for locus of a point, helix construction, intersection and development.

Material Science (BEN505) The syllabus of the unit includes structures and imperfections of crystalline solids , diffusion in materials, solidification of metals and alloys, deformation and strengthening, heat treatments of metals and alloys, failure and fracture toughness of materials ,structure and properties of engineering ceramics, structure and properties of polymers, cement and concrete, masonry, timbers, aggregates, paints and other surface finishing.

Introduction to Electrical & Electronics Engineering (BEN506) The syllabus includes Kirchoff’s laws, concept and terminology of nodal analysis to solution of simple resistive networks, Venin’s and Norderm’s theorem , the transient analysis, digital electronics, Boolean algebra, the combinational logic circuits, the flip flops and

15

sequential circuits, Analog electronics and discrete amplifying devices and circuits.

Introduction to Computer Programming (BEN507)

The purpose of this paper is to give the student a good understanding of computer hardware and develop the ability to formulate the logic for general problems and writing programs with syntax. The syllabus includes Computer Hardware, System Software, Linux Fundamentals, Data Types, Control Structures, Arrays and Functions, Structures and Unions and Object-Oriented Programming.

Engineering Mechanics (BEN508)

The syllabus includes the study of the theoretical principle of analysis of forces in equilibrium of different concurrent force systems and parallel force systems, scalars and vectors, dot and cross products, force moment and couple, resultants and free body diagrams, trusses, torsion, centroids and second moment of area and friction.

Workshop Practice (BEN509)

The syllabus includes the history and overview of manufacturing and technology, safety in the workshop and introduction to occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, principles of design considerations, material selection and manufacturing processes, structure, mechanical behavior and testing of materials , introduction to manufacturing processes such as milling, drilling, turning, welding (practical and theoretical), and advanced machining operations such as CNC and EDM (theoretical), fundamentals of cutting tools and processes (range: tool geometry, speeds feeds), properties of materials, ferrous and non-ferrous, heat treatment of ferrous metals and alloys.

Engineering Computation 2 (BEN601) The unit aims to introduce to the student an understanding of advanced calculus and the ability to formulate and solve models of complex engineering systems. The syllabus includes vectors and geometry of space, vector functions, partial derivatives, multiple integrals; vector Fields, Laplace Transforms and Fourier series.

YEAR TWO

Surveying for Engineers (BEC602)

The unit introduces the elementary methods of conducting small scale land surveys and acquaint students with the surveying profession and its relationship with civil engineering. The syllabus includes: Correction in linear measurement due to sag, temperature, tension calibration, slope and curvature; Angular measurements using compass and Theodolite surveying instrument, angle distance and bearing calculations; levelling; setting out of vertical and horizontal control on the ground, principle of Tacheometry, use of planimeter; area and volume calculations; Theodolite traverse which lead to the plotting of topographic maps; Tacheometry to determine horizontal and vertical control of land survey, surveying calculations including area calculations and volume calculations of cut and fill; use of global positioning system(GPS) for control surveys, topographic surveys and staking out of control points on the ground.

16

Geomechanics (BEC603)

This unit introduces the concept of total stress, pore water pressure, effective stress and its implications on the behavior of soils. The syllabus includes the analysis of two phase and three phase of soils; study of hydraulic properties of soil such as the permeability and seepage, Darcy Law, and Laplace equations and flow nets including sketching, critical hydraulic gradients, uplift pressures on weirs, shear strength of soil consisting of undrained

and drained parameters ( and cand ’ and c’); application of Mohr circle in the analysis

of shear strength parameters (long term ’ and c’) of soil; conduct of shear box laboratory test, vane test and triaxial test to determine the shear strength parameters of soil.

Hydraulics 1 (BEC604)

This unit deals with the analysis of fluid at rest, fluid in motion and the dynamic effect of

forces created by the moving liquid. The syllabus of the unit are: study of total hydrostatic

pressure in plane and curved surface, buoyant force, stability of floating bodies,

dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude by Buckingham Pi Theorem, application of

different hydraulic model laws ( Reynolds’s Model Law, Froude Model Law, Euler Model

Law, Weber Model Law, Mach model law) in analysis of water engineering structures;

pipeline system including minor losses in pipes, friction losses in pipes, pipes in series,

pipes in parallel, pipe network analysis by Hardy Cross method and Linearization method;

Analysis of the net positive suction head (NPSH) of pump and pump selection; Steady

open channel flow including analysis of best economic trapezoidal section, specific

energy, critical depth of flow, rapidly varying flow, hydraulic jump , gradually varying flow,

classification of surface profiles, and the analysis of backwater profile by direct step and

numerical integration methods, analysis of turbo machinery.

Structural Mechanics for Engineers (BEC605)

The unit deals with the application of elastic analysis of statically indeterminate beams

and frames using moment distribution method, three moment equation, slope deflection

equation. It also includes deflection analysis by double integration method, area moment

method, conjugate beam method and virtual work method. This theoretical knowledge of

structural analysis are mandatory for engineering student to learn being the first step in

structural design of reinforced concrete, structural steel and timber structures. It also

includes engineering analysis of suspended cables, arches, retaining wall, small gravity

dams and simple suspension bridge.

Engineering Geology (BEC606)

The unit aims to extend the students’ knowledge of the origin, composition, structure, and

history of Earth. Also, to develop an appreciation of the importance of geology to Civil

Engineering particularly with regards to the sensitive development of natural earth

resources and the need to take account of ecological and environmental protection

matters. Syllabus includes study of minerals and rocks; classification of rocks into igneous

rocks, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; the study of land forming process; volcanoes

and volcanic activity study geothermal plant as source of renewable energy; ground water

hydrology; glaciology; structural geology and plate tectonics; marine geology, geophysics.

17

Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving (BEC607)

The unit provides students with MATLAB knowledge and create awareness that MATLAB

can be a powerful computing tool to solve many engineering problems. The syllabus

includes using MATLAB for arithmetic operations, taking advantage of Math built-in-

functions in programming; creating one(vector) and two(matrix) dimensional arrays ; Array

addition and subtraction, array multiplication and addition, element by element operation,

using arrays in MATLAB built-in-math function, two dimensional plots of given data;

polynomials, curve fitting and interpolation; three dimensional plotting with special

graphics; application of MATLAB in numerical analysis of engineering problem solving.

Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey (BEC608)

The unit introduces the basic principles and analysis of earthworks, roadway curves and

the basic principle of hydrographic surveying in order to increase the students’ depth of

knowledge in the field of engineering surveying. It is a necessary knowledge for

engineering students to have an in-depth theoretical knowledge of geometrical design of

horizontal alignment [simple curve, horizontal compound curve, horizontal reverse curve,

and the clothoid (spiral easement curve)] and vertical alignment [symmetrical vertical

parabolic curve and unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curve] of roadway. It also includes the

analysis of horizontal movement of earthworks such as the preparation of earthwork mass

diagram. The unit further give emphasis to the study of the basic principle of hydrographic

surveying such as measurement of discharge of river by slope area method or by using

current meters or floats.

Hydraulics 2 (BEC609)

This unit is the continuation of Hydraulics 1. It is concentrated on the analysis of unsteady flow problems, i.e., unsteady rapidly varied flow and numerical analysis of gradually varied flow in open channel using the explicit finite difference quotient method, solitary surge waves propagation [upstream positive surge wave, upstream negative surge wave, downstream positive surge wave & downstream negative surge wave due either to partial rapid closure or opening of sluice gate ], sediment transport, design of erodible and non erodible channel using the tractive force method, pipe and pump analysis, pipe network analysis using linearization method , principle of water hammer, principle of surge tank analysis, hydraulic analysis of control regulating structures and control measurement structures.

ODEs & Numerical Analysis (BEC610)

The unit introduces the principle of Ordinary Differential Equations (ODEs) & Numerical

Analysis and create awareness of its importance in solving engineering problems. The

syllabus includes first and second orders ordinary differential equations; numerics in

general; numeric linear algebra and numeric for ODEs and PDEs.

18

YEAR THREE

Design and Analysis of Timber Structures (BEC701)

The unit deals with the importance of structural design codes in the design of timber

structures and develop the students’ ability to determine the structural design loads to

which an engineering timber structure will be subjected. It also includes the procedural step

of designing wooden bearer, wooden post, timber floor deck, timber trusses and the

connection details between each part of the different components of timber building

structures.

Design and Analysis of Steel Structures (BEC702)

The unit deals with the importance of structural design codes in the design of steel structures and develop the students’ ability to determine the structural design loads to which an engineering steel structure will be subjected. It also includes the procedural step of designing universal structural beams, structural steel stanchions, structural steel floor trim deck, different kinds of steel truss and the connection details between each part of the different components of building structures made of structural steel.

Geotechnical Engineering (BEC703)

The syllabus of the unit are: Determination of shear strength parameters of cohesive and cohesionless soil ; Ultimate bearing capacity of shallow foundations using Terzaghi theory and Meyerhoff theory; analysis of lateral active and passive earth pressure of a retaining wall by Rankine theory and Coulomb Wedge theory; analysis of slope stability of roadway embankment by Swedish method , Bishop method or by the use of Taylor Chart ; analysis of cantilever and anchored sheet pile wall; Structural analysis of gravity retaining wall, analysis of axial capacity of pile foundations and bearing capacity of rock foundations.

Engineering Hydrology (BEC704)

The unit aims to introduce to the students the study of the principles of hydrology and its

importance in flood estimation which includes the importance meteorological data like

evaporation, transpiration precipitation percolation, formation of clouds and the hydrologic

cycle and ground water hydrology. It also includes the study of four different methods of

flood forecasting to determine the design discharge of a river, such as: Flood Frequency

Analysis (FFA), Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) Curve, Unit Hydrograph and Runoff

routing method.

Reinforced Concrete Structures (BEC705)

Concrete is a versatile building material which is used extensively in multi-story buildings,

airports, dams, roads and many other important parts of today's modern infrastructure.

Whilst it is inherently strong in compression, its weakness in tension is offset by suitable

steel reinforcement which is initially either unstressed or prestressed. This results in a

composite material which requires a detailed understanding of its behavior before safe and

economical designs can be produced. Accordingly this course provides a detailed coverage

of: The Behavior of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete, Durability and Fire Resistance,

19

Behavior and Design for Strength and Serviceability of Reinforced Concrete Beams, Slabs

and Columns, Anchorage, Detailing, Behavior and Design for Strength and Serviceability of

Fully Prestressed and Partially Prestressed Concrete Beams and Slabs. It also includes the

application of the theories and principles of reinforced concrete design in design calculation

of rectangular concrete beams, suspended concrete slab, concrete columns using ultimate

strength design (USD).

Foundation Engineering (BEC706)

The unit is of two parts. The first part deals with the study of theoretical principles and

procedures of designing different kinds of foundation structures such as block wall footings,

square and rectangular footings, combined rectangular, trapezoidal footings, continuous

footing, mat foundations and footing on piles using the principle of USD. The second

partdeals with the study of disastrous effect of earthquake to engineering structures; the

study includes analysis and design of engineering structures subject to the combined effect

of dead load and live load.

Civil Measurement & Tendering (BEC707) This unit consists of two parts. The first is the study of the principles and requirements of civil measurement as applied to civil engineering works to familiarize students with the terminologies of project documentation and trade activities. The second is the study of the principles and requirement of tendering and estimating as applied to civil engineering works. Thread 2 also includes study of preparation of bill of quantities and cost analysis of engineering projects for purposes of decision making whether to enter into a contract and tender in a certain project.; study of the procedure of preparation of tender documents.

Design of Masonry Structures (Project) (BEC708)

The unit aims to check whether the student upon reaching year 3 semester 2 of the Civil

Engineering Programme has sufficient structural knowledge in structural design and

analysis of reinforced concrete design, foundation engineering, earthquake engineering

and geotechnical engineering. The student will be required to design at least a three

storey building made of reinforced concrete. The progress of the design works of the

student will be closely supervised by the unit lecturer to ensure that his/her design is in

accordance with existing engineering design criteria and standards. The method of

teaching will be similar to a class-based unit where students will be given example of

complete design of three storey building as reference and guidance on their actual design.

Airport Engineering (BEC709)

The aim of the unit is to introduce to students the principle governing the planning and

design of airports, including visual flight rules and regulations, structural method of design

of airport pavements, airport capacity and delay, airport configuration, various lighting and

marking system.

20

YEAR FOUR

Water Resource Engineering (BEC710)

The unit aims to introduce to the student the theoretical principle of analysis and design of

water supply distribution system and urban sewer design whether functioning as a

separate sewer or as a combined sewer system. It also includes the study of importance

of water treatment plant and sewage treatment plant. The unit further gives importance to

solid waste management. Syllabus includes study of water treatment, design of water

supply distribution system, waste water and sewage treatment, design of sanitary sewer

line, solid waste management and environmental impact assessment.

Civil Engineering Technology (BEC711)

The unit aims to introduce to the students the different construction method adopted in

construction of engineering works. It consists of two parts; the first is engineering

construction technologies and the second is building services for human convenience.

Syllabus includes. Power requirements of mobile equipment, dozers, scrapers, hydraulic

excavators, loaders, trucks and hauling equipments, pumps and compressors, explosives,

drilling and blasting, aggregate production, asphalt mix production and placement, cranes,

cofferdams, caissons, piling and dredging.

Highway Engineering & Design Application (BEC712)

The unit aims to develop and strengthen the students’ knowledge in design and

construction of roadways. The syllabus includes highway evaluation; planning and design

of roadway; preliminary road alignment studies; Road construction materials and testing;

Road drainage and erosion control; design analysis of rigid and flexible pavements. It also

gives emphasis to basic design principle of airport pavement and railroad track roadway

ballast pavement.

Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering (BEC713)

The unit aims to introduce to students the study of wave mechanics and coastal processes

along with fundamentals that underline the practice of coastal engineering. The syllabus

includes the study of the physical characteristics and behavior of coastal environment;

analysis of surface gravity waves by small amplitude wave theory; the formulation of finite –

amplitude wave theory; wave refraction, diffraction and reflection; coastal water level

fluctuations; wind generated waves; study of different coastal structures and the study of

different zone processes. It also includes the study of basic principles of design and layout

of ports and harbors.

Project Management (BEC714)

The unit is of three parts. The first part is about engineering contract management; the

second part deals with the quality control or quality assurance and the last part is about

21

project planning management. The syllabus includes study of pre-contract procedures,

normal contracting procedures, arbitration procedures, organization of quality assurance,

design aspects of quality assurance, defective prevention system, network technique for

project management, project unit cost schedule by S-curve the importance of Programme

Evaluation and Review Technique – Critical Path Method (PERT-CPM) in construction and

management of engineering projects.

Irrigation Engineering (BEC715)

The unit aims to introduce students the theories and principles of design and analysis of

conveyance structures of canal system for irrigation purposes. It also includes the study of

drip irrigation, design analysis of irrigation canal structures such as inverted canal

siphons, elevated flumes, pipes crossing, drops and chutes, the principles involved in

design of small overflow irrigation dams.

Structural Analysis (BEC716)

The unit aims to introduce students to the study of the basic fundamentals of structural

analysis using the matrix based method of analysis (Direct stiffness method and finite

element method) of analysis of trusses, beams and frame structures. It also includes the

study of approximate method of analysis of lateral loads due to wind and earthquake (portal

method, cantilever method, or the factor method). It further includes the review of structural

analysis of statically indeterminate structures using the classical methods (method of

consistent deformation, slope deflection method and moment distribution method), matrix

method of analysis, stiffness method and flexibility method.

Earthquake Engineering (BEC717)

The unit aims to introduce to students the theories and principles of engineering

seismology, i.e., origin, cause and effect of earthquake , calculation of design lateral

forces using static and the basic dynamic analysis, building forms for earthquake

resistance, seismic design and detailing of masonry building, seismic design and detailing

of Reinforced Concrete building and earthquake soil dynamics.

Advanced Water Engineering Project (BEC718)

The aim of the unit is to check whether the student upon reaching year 4 semester 2 of

the Civil Engineering Programme has sufficient hydrological knowledge in design and

analysis of water engineering structure. The student will be required to design a baby

ogee shape irrigation dam with a height less than 6.00 meters. The progress of the design

works of the student will be closely supervised by the unit lecturer to ensure that his/her

design is in accordance with existing engineering design criteria and standards. The

method of teaching will be similar to a class-based unit where students will be given

example of complete design of one irrigation dam as reference and guidance on their

actual design.

22

8.0 Programme Unit Descriptor

23

LECTURER: TBA

LNG501 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: English for Academic Studies Credit Points

12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours of lectures per week.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours tutorial class per week.

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING

Students are to spend about 7 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME

Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 English or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION:

All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or Class shares. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS:

Contact Hours 84

Lectures 28

Tutorials 56

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 84

Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break) 5

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 7

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome to this unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This course will introduce you to linguistic, rhetorical and strategic competencies needed to succeed in academic courses at undergraduate level. This unit has the broad aim of helping learners develop research skills. It will help you grow proficiency in the four macro-skills – listening, speaking, reading and writing – sufficient to enable you to participate effectively in an academic environment.

1.1 Course Description

24

This unit offers learners the opportunity to grasp various components of English for research purposes. It begins with visiting core grammatical constituents. Learners will be exposed to the mechanics of the planning and writing processes, honing the skills of data collection, and acknowledging sources of literature and ideas in referencing. Students will learn to plan, prepare and present proposals/seminars. This unit makes students aware that plagiarism is unacceptable.

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

On completion of this unit the students should be able to:

1. Develop well-organised notes from relevant spoken and written information.

2. Reconstruct notes to write summaries, essays, reports, proposals or answer discussion questions.

3. Use interpretive skills to respond to questions that require recall, analysis, synthesis and/or evaluation of material learned in class or course work. 4. Develop an understanding to use relevant concepts, vocabulary and sentence structures in particular content areas 5. Utilise and apply research tools (e.g. Library and Internet) to find supporting information.

6. Present information to class in a clear, well-organised and visually attractive manner.

7. Illustrate and/or use reference to an author and a source into written and/or spoken text.

8. Utilise technological tools to support in-class and out-of-class work.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Pinner, D & Pinner, D., 2004, Communication Skills (4th ed.), New Zealand, Pearson

2.1.2 Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU

2.1.3 Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture & Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU

2.1.4 LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010

2.2 Supplementary Materials

2.2.1 Thomson, A.J., 2009, A Practical English Grammar, New York, OUP

2.2.2 Choy, T.W., 1997, English the basics: a practical handbook 2.2.3 Alice, O. & Hogue, A., 1997, Writing Academic English (3rd ed.), White Plains, NY, Addison-Wesley Longman

2.2.4 Davis, J. & Liss, R., 2006, Effective Academic Writing 3, NY, Oxford University Press 2.2.5 Beglar, D. & Murray, M., 2002, Contemporary Topics, (2nd ed.) White Plains, NY, Addison-Wesley Longman

2.3 Class Shares Supplementary notes are placed on class shares.

25

3.0 Course Content and Reading References Hours

Week 1

ORIENTATION

1. Introduction

2. Tutorial sign up

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings: Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 3-7. 2

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet Research

1

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 2

INTRODUCTION

1. Study skills

2. Goal setting

3. Course rationale.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:

LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010, pages 10 - 22 2

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 28-36. 1



Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 3

Note taking

26

Summary writing 1. Identify key points from a lecture or a written article. Write a set of notes using one of the methods you‟ve learnt in this unit. 2. Write a set of clear notes from any written or oral source. 3. Using the notes, write a coherent summary identifying the key points from any written or oral source.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 8-54. 1




Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 4

Writing an Academic Essay 1. Analyze the question in an academic essay writing task and define key terms. 2. Establish your argument/point of view. 3. Research the topic; use books, journals and other credible academic sources for support and evidence. 4. Take notes from your readings. 5. Write your plan and organize your ideas. 6. Write your first draft to include your introduction, body and conclusion. 7. Edit and redraft your essay. 8. Write in-text references and bibliography.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:


Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 147-184.

1



Internet Research

1

Library Research 1

27


Week 5

Research questions , writing – proposal, essay, report

1. Critical thinking skills.

2. Research questions, data collection, choosing a research topic, organizing information for a research paper.

3. Selecting refining and proposing a topic for research.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:





Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 6

1. Academic research skills

2. Retrieving information from sources effectively: internet, library, textbooks, reference books, dictionary, and thesaurus.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:





Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


28

Week 7 Features of a good research project. 1. Interpret research data collected from primary and secondary sources. 2. Organize information and ideas logically into a coherent report. 3. Present your report using the correct structure, format and techniques. 4. Differentiate between each section of a report in format, layout and content. 5. Write your report in clear and unambiguous language. 6. Identify key ethical considerations in research 7. To conduct your research in an ethical way

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:



1



Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 8 Features of a good research project. 1. Interpret research data collected from primary and secondary sources. 2. Organize information and ideas logically into a coherent report. 3. Present your report using the correct structure, format and techniques. 4. Differentiate between each section of a report in format, layout and content. 5. Write your report in clear and unambiguous language.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:



1


29


Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 9

1. Bibliography & Referencing. 2. In text citation Bibliography & Referencing. 3. Format and layout. 4. Referencing – journals, magazines, newspapers, brochures, books, articles, encyclopedias, dictionaries, websites.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:




Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 10

Proof reading and editing Basic skills of correct writing. 1. Develop correct writing skills. 2. Know the 5 steps of writing process. 3. Proof reading and editing. 4. Find out what errors you typically make and learn how to fix those errors. 5. Use the strategies detailed in this unit to find and correct your particular errors in usage, sentence structure, and spelling and punctuation.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:



30


Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 11

Project presentation skills

Oral presentation skills 1. Using visual aids. 2. Oral presentation skills 3. Research your topic to ensure you have all the information. 4. Present your information within the time limits provided to you. 5. Prepare and supplement your presentation with appropriate visual aids. 6. Use appropriate body language that will convey the appropriate information and emotion to your audience

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:




Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 12

Oral presentation skills (continued)

ORAL EXAM WEEK 1. Present your information within the time limits provided to you. 2. Prepare and supplement your presentation with appropriate visual aids.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


31

SDL/ Readings:




Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 13

Exam techniques 1. Understand types of exam technique 2. Learn to deal with stress and anxiety 3. Learn how to prepare for exams 4. Learn how to take the exam successfully 5. Know the important direction words

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture and Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU, pp 221-281. 2



Internet Research

1

Library Research 1


Week 14

Evaluation

1. Evaluation of course and course delivery

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4


SDL/ Readings:

32

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture and Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU, pp 221-281. 1



Revise past exam papers

4


4.0 Assessment

(a)The overall mark for the course depends on performance during the semester (50%) and performance in the final examination (50%).

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Essay Writing 10% 50%

Project proposal writing 10%

50%

Tutorial work 5% 50%

Major research project writing skills 25%

50%

Final Examination 50%

50%

Oral - 10%

Written - 40%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (i.e. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all lectures and tutorials

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 - Essay Writing

Week 6 10%

Assignment 2 - Project Proposal Writing

Week 7 10%

Assignment 3 - Major research project writing skills

Week 13 25%

Tutorial work Week 14 5%

33

Letter Grade Scale:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incomplete Assessment

0

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Terminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

Dissatisfaction with Assessment The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

34

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism and Dishonest Practice Regulations Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to your expulsion from the university.

ACTIONS THAT CONSTITUTE PLAGIARISM 1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service. 2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source‟s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

35

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

BEN502 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Computation 1 Credit Points

12


TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Labs in week 1, 6, 7, 13 and 14.


Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 Maths or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.


Contact Hours 75

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 5


Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 8



1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this Unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.


To provide the students with the mathematical knowledge and expertise required for their Engineering studies.


On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

36

1.2.1 Transpose an algebraic expression so as to swap dependent and independent variables.

1.2.2 Correctly use the “ is a function of ” notation.

1.2.3 Solve equations for any unknown by transposition

1.2.4 Solve quadratic equations by factorisation and by the quadratic formula

1.2.5 Define and sketch the trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions

1.2.6 Evaluate the above functions for any value of the independent variable

1.2.7 Explain the difference between a scalar and a vector quantity

1.2.8 Represent a vector both graphically and in terms of the unit vectors i, j and k

1.2.9 Add and subtract vectors graphically and in terms of the unit vectors

1.2.10 Explain the significance of the dot and cross products of two vectors

1.2.11 Find dot and cross products of vectors

1.2.12 Derive and use the rules for differentiating various types of function

1.2.13 Find local slopes of tangents and normal and hence find angles of intersection

1.2.14 Calculate the extreme values of a function and find where they occur.

1.2.15 Use second derivatives to find direction of bending and contra flexure points

1.2.16 Derive the formula for the radial acceleration of a body moving in a circle

1.2.17 Differentiate trig, exponential and logarithmic functions.

1.2.18 Differentiate a vector and explain the significance of the result

1.2.19 Evaluate definite and indefinite integrals of simple functions

1.2.20 Derive and use the basic rules of integration

1.2.21 Perform integration by parts.

1.2.22 Integrate trig, exponential and logarithmic functions.

1.2.23 Integrate trig‟ functions by substitution

1.2.24 Find the area under a curve using Simpson‟s rule

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition

2.1.2 Anton, Howard. “Calculus (5th Edition), John Wiley, New York


Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes (details) will be provided.

3.0 Course Content and Reading References

Week 1: Functions and Models

37

1. Four ways to represent a function

2. Mathematical Models

3. New Functions from old functions

4. Graphs

5. Exponential functions, Inverse function, logarithms

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 1 pages 10 -81) 2



Practical preparation 1


Week 2: Limits and Continuity

1. Limit of function

2. Calculating Limits using the limits laws

3. The precise definition of limit

4. Continuity

5. Limits at Infinity

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 2 pages 88 - 130) 2





38

Week 3: Derivatives

1. Derivates and Rates of change

2. The derivative as a function

3. Derivatives of Polynomial and Exponentials

4. Product and Quotient rule

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 2 pages 143 - 165, Chapter 3 pages 172 - 188)

2





Week 4: Derivatives

1. The Chain rule

2. Implicit Differentiation

3. Derivative of log functions

4. Derivatives of Trig and Inverse Trig functions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0






39

Week 5: Derivatives

1. Rates of change

2. Exponential growth and decay

3. Linear approximations

4. Derivatives of hyperbolic functions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 6: Applications of Differentiation

1. Maximum and Minimum values of single variable function

2. Mean value theorem

3. Curve sketching

4. Newton's Method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 6






Week 7: Integration

40

1. Definition of Integration

2. Substitution Rule

3. Integration by Parts

4. Trigonometric Integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 4 pages 340 - 351, Chapter 5 pages 400 - 408, Chapter 7 pages 453 - 460)

2





Week 8: Integral Techniques

1. Trigonometric Substitution

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 9: Integral Techniques

1. Integration by Partial Fractions

No of Lectures 4

41

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 10: Definite Integrals

1. Definition of Definite Integral

2. Fundamental Theorem of Definite Integral

3. Areas and Arc Length

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 5 pages 355 - 390, Chapter 8 pages 524 - 532)

2





Week 11: Applications of Integration

1. Approximate Integration

2. Trapezoidal and Simpson's Rule

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

42

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 7pages 495 - 507) 2





Week 12: Vectors and Geometry of Space

1. Three Dimensional Coordinates

2. Definition of Vector

3. Dot Product

4. Cross Product

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0







1. Equations of Lines

2. Equations of Planes

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0



43





1. Cylinders

2. Quadratic Surfaces

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0






4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5%

50% Class Exercises/Quizes

10%

Short Tests 35%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:



Assignment 1 Week 4 2.5%


Class Test 1 Week 7 15%


Quiz-1 Week 4 5%

Quiz-2 Week 9 5%

44

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendance of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0





I Results Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Terminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

Dissatisfaction with Assessment

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic matters.

45




Plagiarism and Dishonest Practice Regulations

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to your expulsion from the university.

Actions that constitute plagrism

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service. 2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation.



5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your own work. 6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

46

Lecturer: TBA


BEN503 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Physics Credit Points

12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 1 x 2 and 1x1 hours of lectures per week.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hours tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours of Labs per week.



CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: Pass in Form 7 Physics or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION:

All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.


Contact Hours 84

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14


Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to introduce physics to engineering problems.


Engineering Physics program will have a strong grounding in engineering design, science, practice and the application of physics to engineering.


47


1.2.1 Demonstrate the ability to analyze and solve introductory physics to engineering problems

1.2.2 Measure and record the physical quantities by scientific method

1.2.3 Demonstrate the ability to communicate analysis of problems in a professional manner

1.2.4 Exhibit the ability to work in teams/groups effectively

1.2.5 Apply the concept of engineering physics to solve practical problems

1.2.6 Analyse and discuss the outcome of given problem

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 'College Physics'; Serway & Vuille; 9th edition.


2.2.1 'Fundamentals of Physics ' ; Halliday & Resnick 9th Edition

2.2.2 'College Physics',Franklin Miller & Schroeer, 6th edition

2.2.3 'Physics', Cutnell & Johnson ,8thn edition

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details and supplementary notes (details) will be provided.


Week 1: Mechanics

1. Motion in one dimension; Displacement ,Velocity , Acceleration, Motion Diagrams, motion with constant acceleration 2. Motion in two dimension; Vectors and their properties, component of a vector, displacement, velocity and accelaration in two dimension

3. Vector Diagrams

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 2 pages 25 - 47, Chapter 3 pages 56 - 75) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 0

48


Week 2: Mechanics (continued)

1. Forces

2. Newton's First Law

3. Newton's Second Law and Third Law

4. Application of Newton's Law

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 4 pages 86 - 112) 2


Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1


Week 3: Work and Energy

1. Work and Kinetic Energy

2. Work Done by Gravitational Force

3. Work Done by a Spring Force

4. Work Done by a General Variable Force

5. Power

6. Work and Potential Energy

7. Conservation of Energy

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 5, pages 124-154) 2


49

Solving problems 2



Week 4: Rotational Motion

1. Rotational Variables

2. Rotation with Constant Angular Acceleration

3. Relating Linear and Angular Variables & Trend Gantt charts

4. Kinetic Energy of Rotation

5. Rotational Inertia, Torque, Work and Rotational Kinetic Energy

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chpt 7 & 8, pg198-261) 2


Solving problems 1



Week 5: Oscillations (Vibration and Waves)

1. Hooke's Law

2. Simple Harmonic Motion

3. Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion

4. Comparing Simple Harmonic Motion with Uniform Circular Motion

5. Damped Oscillation and Resonance

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 13, pages 437- 454) 2

50


Solving problems 1



Week 6: Waves (Vibration and Waves)

1. Wavelenth, Frequency, Speed of a Travelling Wave

2. Types of Waves,Transverse and Longitudinal Waves

3. The Wave Equation

4. Principle of Superposition for Waves

5. Interference of Waves,Standing Waves and Resonance

No of Lectures 3

` No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving problems 2



Week 7: Sound

1. Sound Waves

2. Speed of Sound, Travelling Sound Waves

3. Energy and Intensity and Sound waves

4. Doppler Effect,

5. Interference of sound waves

6. Sources of Musical Sound, Beats Supersonic Speeds, Shock Waves

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

51



Solving problems 1



Week 8: Electricity

1. Electric Force & Electric Field; Coulomb's Law, Electric flux and Gauss's Law

2. Electriccal energy and capacitance; Potential difference, Electric potential, capacitance, parallel plate capacitors, Dielectrics

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 15 pages 513 - 539, Chapter 16 pages 548- 579)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 9: Electricity

1. Current and Resistance; Direct Current Circuits - Kirchoff's Voltage Law, Kirchoff's Current Law, Alternating Current: RLC Series Circuit, Reactance, Impedance, Phase Angle (Lead and Lag), Resonance

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 17, pages 590 - 608, Chapter 18, pages 616 - 638)

2


52

Solving problems 1



Week 10: Wave Optics

1. Light as a Wave

2. Interference of wave

3. Young's Interference Experiment

4. Application of Interference

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 24, pages 824 - 829) 1


Solving problems 2



Week 11: Wave Optics

1. Interference from Thin Films

2. Diffraction

3. Single Slit Diffraction, Diffraction Grating

4. Michelson's Intererometer (Chapter 25 page 876)

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 24, pages 830 - 839) 1


Solving problems 2

53



Week 12: Quantum Physics

1. Photon, the Quantum of Light

2. Dual nature of light and Matter;Wave Particle Duality: De Broglie Waves

3. Wave Particle Duality: De Broglie Waves

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving problems 2



Week 13: Quantum Physics

1. The Wave function

2. The Schrodinger Equation

3. Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle,

4. Photoelectric Effect and Compton Effect

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chpt 27 ; pg 911-928) 2


Solving problems 2


54


Week 14: Nuclear Physics

1. Nuclear Binding and Nuclear Structure

2. Nuclear Stabilty and Radioactivity

3. Decay Rates and Half-Lives

4. Medical Application of Radiation

5. Nuclear Reactions

6. Nuclear Fission

7. Nuclear Fusion

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: 'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 29, pages 957-976, Chapter 30, pages 982 - 986)

2


Solving problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Project N/A N/A

Short Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination

50% 50%

Dates:





55



Laboratary (x10) During the semester 10%

Project N/A

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0





I Results Withheld/Incompleste Assessment

0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

56


The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic matters. Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to get redress of their grievance.






1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service. 2.Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation.




57

Lecturer: TBA


BEN504 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Graphics Credit Points

12


TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial per week.




CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 or Equivalent



Contact Hours 90

Lectures 28

Tutorials 14


Field Trip(s) 6





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to provide an introductory understanding of engineering drawings.


To provide an introductory understanding of engineering drawings, the conventions and representations used and practical application of these techniques.


58


1.2.1 Define and communicate clearly and professionally the component/assembly specification to enable the manufacture/assembly of a machine component or system.

1.2.2 Visualise and represent a three dimensional object or assembly in pictorial and orthographic projections.

1.2.3 Comprehend the geometric and functional relationships between components making up assemblies and sub-assemblies

1.2.4 Apply drawing representations within detail and assembly drawings through freehand sketches, manual drafting and computer aided drawing techniques

1.2.5 Introduction to design of 2D and 3D parametric CAD models

1.2.6 Determine methods used to control drawings and associated documents

1.2.7 Apply techniques of Auto CAD and solid works

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5.



2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Introduction to Basic Sketching Techniques

1. Sketching techniques. Pictorial Projection -Types of projection: Axonometric, trimetric, and diametric. Planometric & perspective drawing. Oblique projection - cavalier, cabinet, angled features. Isometric projection, isometric curves & circles, angled features.

2. Planometric & perspective drawing. Oblique projection - cavalier, cabinet, angled features. Isometric projection, isometric curves & circles, angled features.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg. 198-207)

1

59





Week 2: Application of pictorial, orthographic and auxiliary projection

1. Orthographic Projection 1st & 3rd angle projection, natural & glass box methods. 3rd angle projection with hidden detail.

2. Auxiliary Projections - Auxiliary orthogonal primary & auxiliary views

3. Sectional Drawing Conventions, full sections. Thin sections, half, local, removed, revolved, scrap, auxiliary sections. Assessment 1: Pictorial/Orthographic sketching.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 132-142), (Pg168-194)

1



Practical prepartaion 1


Week 3: Dimensioning

1. Principles & methods of dimensioning for size & location only. Dimensioning datum, keys & keyways, tapers. 3rd angle with hidden detail.

2. Limits & Fits Terminology/vocabulary. ISO system, symbols, notation, selection of fit. Use of tables to determine tolerance

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

60

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg.15-27), (Pg.53-65)

1





Week 4: Fastenings

1. Designation of screw threads, form, pitch, starts, hand. Types of screw threads (unified, imperial, metric, acme, buttress, square). Representation of screw threads, identification of common fasteners. Drawing hexagonal nuts, bolt heads & washers.

2. Conventional Representation Threads, interrupted views, repeated views, splines, pitched holes, rolling bearings, springs, spur gears.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 28-31), (Pg 49-53)

1





Week 5: Manual drafting techniques applied to drawing machines

1. Introduction to Manual Drawing Techniques - Care and checking for accuracy, set squares, protractors, drafting machines. Drawing equipment

2. Equipment & drawing standards - Standards for line work, letters & numerals. A series drawing sheets, drawing layout & title blocks

3. Detail Drawings Views, information, layout.

61

4. Assembly Drawing Parts list, itemising, detailing, materials list, working drawings. Assembly & detail drawings, numbering systems. Bill of Materials, change notices, drawing change notation, document control. Assessment 2: Manual Drawing Sectional/Detail.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 4-6), (Pg 6-10), (Pg 216-245)

2





Week 6: Additional representations for surface finish, geometric tolerancing, keyways, welding and fabrication. 1. Surface Finish Symbols & application. Geometric Tolerancing Terminology/vocabulary. straightness, flatness, squareness, angularity, concentricity, roundness, symmetry. positional tolerance

2. Keyways Correct representation, use of tables

3. Assessment 3: Manual Drawing Conventional Representation

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 6

Readings: Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 41-49), (Pg 69-83), (Pg 24-27)

2





62

Week 7: Welding/Fabrication

1. Types of structural steel, abbreviations & notation (RSJ, RHS, RSS, UB & UC) Bolted & welded connections. Fabricated & machined parts. Types of weld, symbols, application to working drawings.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 38-41)

1





Week 8: Abbreviations

1. Assembly, centres, centre line, chamfer, countersink, counter-bore, diameter, drawing, external, internal, left/right hand. Material maximum, minimum, pitch circle diameter, radius, specification, spot face, square, standard, undercut, taper on diameter or width.

2. Project 2 - Manual drawing

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:


2





Week 9: Locus of a point

63

1. Loci construction for a simple crank mechanism. Simple cam design limited to constant velocity/acceleration & simple harmonic motion.

2. Helix construction Square & round section springs.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:


2





Week 10: Intersections & Development

1. Curve of intersection for two pipes of different diameter at right angles. Pattern development of square/rectangular to round transition pieces. Oblique cones & cylinders, lobster-back pipe bend. Tube to cone intersection, intersection formed by inclined tubes. Assessment 4: Manual Drawing Cam/Development

2. Assessment 4: Manual Drawing Cam/Development

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:


2





64

Week 11: Project 1

1. Assembly drawing using Auto CAD

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Auto CAD Manual 2





Week 12: Project 1 (continued)

1. Assembly drawing using Auto CAD

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Auto CAD Manual 2





Week 13: Project 2

1. Solid modelling using solid work

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

65

Readings:

Solidworks Manual 2





Week 14: Project 2 (continued)

1. Solid modelling using solid work

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Solidworks Manual 2





4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10% 50%

Practical Exercises 10% 50%

Project 1 15% 50%

Project 2 15% 50%

Class Test 1 25% 50%

Class Test 2 25% 50%

Dates:



Assingnment 1 Week 3 2.5%

66




Practical Exercises During the term 10.0%

Project 1 Week 12 15%

Project 2 Week 14 15%



(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students to get a minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework with at least 50%. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

67


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0













68

Lecturer: TBA


BEN505 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Material Science Credit Points 12






CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 or Equivalent



Contact Hours 84

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14


Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope you will find it enriching and interesting.


The aim of this unit is to familiarise students with nature and properties of material commonly used in civil, electrical and mechanical engineering and to provide them with the methods of selecting appropriate materials.


69


1.2.1 Analyse, compare and contrast the structure and properties of materials under various manufacturing conditions 1.2.2 Establish the relationship between specific structure and properties of materials, failure and reliability in service

1.2.3 Examine the mechanical and thermal conditions of manufacturing processes which shape materials

1.2.4 Identify appropriate materials and manufacturing processes for a given product specification which includes reliability and cost effectiveness

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition

2.1.2 Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3

2.1.3 Ward-Harvey, K. Fundamental Building Materials, Sakoga. Pty Ltd

2.1.4 Knight, Bernard H. Builders Materials, Edward Arnold

2.1.5 Everett, Alan. Materials, Batsford, ASIN 0713405163.



2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Structures of Materials

1. Atomic structures and interatomic bonding

2. Crystal structure, imperfections

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3, pages 11-27, pages 32-90

3


Solving Problems 1


70


Week 2: Metallurgy

1. Introduction and terminology; sources of metal ores and extraction processes; Common Engineering metals ferrous and non ferrous; properties and uses of metals;

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3, pages 332-380

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 3: Metals

1. Classification of steels

2. Common alloys and their applications

3. Corrosion and its prevention

4. Metal working processes, cold working and annealing

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3 pages 111 - 140;

3


Solving Problems 1


71


Week 4: Diffusion

1. Diffusion mechanisms

2. Steady-state diffusion

3. Solidification of Metals and Alloys (brief)

4. Phase diagrams

5. Equilibrium & Non-equilibrium cooling

6. Solidification structures & defects

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3, pages 91-109, pages 246-290

4


Solving Problems 1



Week 5: Heat treatment of Steels

1. Annealing

2. Normalising

3. Quenching and tempering

4. Case Hardening

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3 pages 192-224, pages 170-186

4


72

Solving Problems 1



Week 6: Plastics, Ceramics, Glass and Bonding materials

1. Introduction to the properties of plastics, ceramics, glass and bonding materials together with a review of possible uses for these materials in Building and Civil Engineering

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3, pages 383-450

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 7: Cement

1. Type of cement and their characteristics.

2. Mixing setting, hardening process of cement including tests.

3. Properties of wet concrete, Slump and compaction test.

4. Types of admixtures including plasticers, renders and accelerators.

5. Factors affecting final strength of concrete the tube test

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 105-137 2


Solving Problems 1

73



Week 8: Concrete

1. Materials for concrete

2. Types of cement and their characteristics, types of aggregates,

3. Steel for reinforcement and prestressing, admixtures, curing methods and other materials.

4. Properties of concrete; workability (slump test), strength and elastic properties

5. Durability, fire resistance, permeability and obsorption, volume changes, thermal and acoustic properties.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1



Week 9: Concrete (continued)

1. Proportioning mixes and testing

2. Compressive strength of Concrete

3. Lightweight concrete and heavy concrete.

4. Different Types of Curing Method

5. Hot and cold weather concreting.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1

74



Week 10: Masonry

1. Advantages and disadvantages of masonry construction: Description of types including, concrete and clay based blocks (bricks) hollow blocks, lightweight blocks and pre-cast concrete panels; Laying of masonry: Comparison of un-reinforced and reinforced masonry construction: Compressive strenght of masonry walls:

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1



Week 11: Aggregrates

1. Types of aggregate commonly use in Fiji and their physical properties: course and fine aggregates: Classification and testing of aggregates: Batching processes.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1



75

Week 12: Structure and Properties of Polymers

1. Molecular weight, shape and structure, Thermoplastic and thermosetting, Polymerization

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1



Week 13: Timber

1. Timber, characteristics of hard and soft worrk, comparison of hard and soft wood as contruction materials, commonly occurring defects fo moisture content and control seasoning and drying. Threats to timber, termites fungaland insects. Preservation techniques.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 1



Week 14: Paints and other Surface Finishers

76

1. Engineering applications of paints and finishes: Types, performance and manufacture: Surface preparation and undercoating of different sufaces: Paint application methods single and multi-coat application: Discription of common faults and failures in paintwork: Simple tests on paints;

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:



Solving Problems 0



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 15% 50%


Dates:



Assignment Week 5 5%



Laboratary (x 8) During the semester 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendence of 75% and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the course work and final examination separately. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


77

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0






78




1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation.





79

Lecturer: TBA


BEN506 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Introduction to Electrical & Electronics Engineering Credit Points

12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 3 x 1 hour of lectures per week.





CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Fiji Seventh Form Exam with a pass in Physics or equivalent



Contact Hours 84

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14


Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to help you develop a solid foundation in understanding DC and AC circuit functions and analysis, together with applications in both Analogue and Digital Electronics.


80

The purpose of this course is to provide a solid foundation in understanding DC and AC circuit functions and analysis, with applications in Analogue Electronics and Digital Electronics, required by all electrical engineering paraprofessionals, in all areas of specilisations. This course extends the skills in basic DC circuit analysis in Electrical Principles and provides a foundation in DC and AC circuit analysis for use in other units. In the delivery of this unit, emphasis will be placed on the integration of the „theoretical‟ and „Practical‟ aspects of digital electronics. In particular, this will involve an integrated approach to the analytical and experimental evaluation of devices and circuits and the development of skills in the use of instruments and measurement techniques.



1.2.1 Describe circuit configurations, characteristics and performance, using standard terminology and computer based circuit description languages 1.2.2 Apply network theorems and related analytical techniques to evaluate the steady state performance of DC and AC circuits 1.2.3 Select and use the appropriate equation to determine the steady state and transient behavior of simple R-L & R-C circuits, with a step input voltage 1.2.4 Sketch and interprets symbols and diagrams to represent devices and circuits within the scope of this subject – using accepted standards 1.2.5 Select and apply appropriate analytical techniques, including computer based tools, to evaluate the performance of both analog and digital electronic devices and circuits.

1.2.6 Use both Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh map for Boolean functions simplification

1.2.7 Report the performance and characteristics of electronic devices and circuits, using accepted terminology and appropriate performance parameters

1.2.8 Explain, through examples and specific applications, the function of basic analog and digital electronic devices and the operation of simple circuits and systems in which they are used

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition.

2.1.2 TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition.

2.1.3 FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices, 8th Edition

2.1.4 BOGART, Theodore F, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd Edition or later


2.2.1 GOODMAN, Hans. Circuit theory and techniques. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1988 or later

2.2.2 FLOYD, Thomas L. Digital fundamentals, 4th Edition or later

Other supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

2.3 Class Shares


81


Week 1: KIRCHHOFF’s LAWS

1. Voltage and Current laws

2. Power and Energy

3. Application of KVL & KCL to series and parallel resistor combinations;

4. Simplification and analysis of circuits involving series/parallel resistors.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: BOYLESTAD, Robert. Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chap 4 (p101-115), Chap 5 (p135-159), Chap 6 (p187-218)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 2: NODAL ANALYSIS

1. Concepts and terminology

2. Application of Kirchoff‟s Laws and Nodal Analysis techniques to solution of simple resistive DC networks

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: BOYLESTAD, Robert. Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 8 (pages 304-315) 2


Solving problems 1



82

Week 3: THEVENIN’S AND NORTON’S THEOREMS

1. Solution of DC Networks using Thevenin‟s Theorem and Norton's Theorem

2. Development and interpretation of equivalent circuits using Thevenin‟s & Norton‟s Theorems.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 9 (pages 350-361, pages 361-365) 2


Solving problems 1



Week 4: TRANSIENT ANALYSIS

1. Basic V-I relationships for Capacitors and Inductors

2. Application of KVL & KCL to R-C and R-L DC circuits

3. Step response of R-L & R-C circuits – application of equations to determine transient & steady state values

4. Writing, running and interpretation of PSPICE files for transient analysis.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 10 (pages 413-426), Chapter 11 (pages 473-474)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 5: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS – BASIC PRINCIPLES, LOGIC FUNCTIONS AND GATES

1. Comparison & applications of analog and digital techniques

83

2. Logical concepts and terminology; Number systems and codes

3. Logic functions – NOT, BUFFER, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, Exclusive-OR; Truth table/Function table; Timing Diagrams; 4. Switch/Relay equivalent circuits

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition Chapter 1 (pages 3-13, 14-20), Chapter 2 (pages 33-56), Chapter 3 (pages 65-86), Chapter 4 (pages 154-159)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 6: BOOLEAN ALGEBRA

1. Terminology and symbols; basic identities and theorems; universal gates;

2. De Morgan‟s Theorems

3. Functional simplification e,g Karnaugh maps (K-maps) to four (4) variables only

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition Chapter 3 (pages 86-90, 90-96), Chapter 4 (pages 129-136, 143-153)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 7: COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUITS

84

1. Decision making circuits; translation between word problems, Boolean expressions and logic diagrams

2. Code conversion circuits

3. Design and analysis of combinational logic circuits to solve simple engineering problems

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, Chapter 4 (pages 137-143)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 8: FLIP FLOPS AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS

1. Flip Flop types, characteristics, performance parameters; simple registers

2. Simple asynchronous and synchronous counter circuits and applications

3. Interpretation and construction of timing diagrams for sequential circuits; interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, Chapter 5 (pages 219-243), Chapter 7 (pages 376-382, 376-391, 396-400).

2


Solving problems 1



Week 9: LOGIC FAMILIES

85

1. TTL and MOS. Logic families – construction, comparison of operation and performance parameters, applications; 2. Interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, Chapter 8 (pages 515-544, 546-559)

2


Solving problems 1



Week 10: DIGITAL- to- ANALOGUE (DAC) AND ANALOGUE- to-DIGITAL (ADC) CONVERSION

1. D/A and A/D conversion requirements, methods, performance parameters and applications;

2. Interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving problems 1



Week 11: DISPLAY DEVICES

1. LED‟s, Liquid crystal displays (LCD‟s) , seven segment displays

86

2. Applications

3. Interpretation of data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


1


Solving problems 1



Week 12: ANALOG ELECTRONICS -Simple Power Supplies

1. Capacitive filtering of single phase rectifier circuits;

2. Simple Zener diode shunt regulator;

3. IC voltage regulators; types, characteristics and performance parameters;

4. Basic power supply systems using IC regulators

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: BOGART, Theodore F, Electronic Devices & Circuits, 3rd Edition Chapter 16 (pages 777-788); FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 17 (pages 845-856, 862-871)

1


Solving problems 1



Week 13: AMPLIFIER PRINCIPLES AND IC AMPLIFYING DEVICES

1. Basic principles of amplification- amplifier functions and applications. Characteristics, performance parameters,

87

equivalent circuits

2. IC operational amplifiers – basic concepts, characteristics, performer parameters, packaging, terminal functions, manufacturers‟ data; 3. IC operational amplifier as a universal amplifying device ;

4. Linear operational amplifier circuits, operation, performance characteristics and applications

5. Basic non-inverting circuit; Voltage follower circuit

6. Inverting summing amplifier circuit ; Differential amplifier circuit

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 12 (pages 593- 629) 2


Solving problems 1



Week 14: DISCRETE AMPLIFYING DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

1. BJT‟s and FET‟s - construction, characteristics, performance parameters, ratings, packaging;

2. BJT and FET amplifier configurations, operation, performance parameters and applications

3. Breadboard construction of circuits within the scope of this subject

4. Translation between circuit diagrams and breadboard & PCB implementations

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 4 (pages 163-185, 190-191, 216-239, 257-287), Chapter 8 (pages 368-407), Chaptter 9 (pages 436-453)

2


Solving problems 0


88


4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 15% 60%

Project N/A N/A


Dates:






Laboratary (x7) During the semester 15%

Project N/A N/A


Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

89





I Results Withheld/Incompleste Assessment 0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0



Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to get redress of their grievance. Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.






2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation. 3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source‟s words or ideas without proper citation.



90

Lecturer: TBA


BEN507 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Introduction to Computer Programming Credit Points

12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours and 1 x 1 hour of lectures per week.

TUTORIALS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hour of Labs per week.



CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 1 (BEN502)



Contact Hours 84

Lectures 42

Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to introduce students with a good understanding of computer hardware and programming.


The purpose of this unit is to give the student a good understanding of computer hardware and develop the ability to formulate the logic for general problems and writing programs with syntax.

91



1.2.1 Use and interpret terminology relevant to computer Hardware

1.2.2 Apply an efficient and systematic approach to problem definition and analysis

1.2.3 Use a high level language which encourages and reinforces the use of a systematic programming methodology

1.2.4 Write test and run computer programs for the solution of general engineering problems.

1.2.5 Getting familiarity in using Linux operating system

1.2.6 Writing C++ programs in Linux environment

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson



2.2.1 Stephen Prata : C++ primer plus, 5 Ed, SAMS

2.2.2 Stephens, Diggins,Turkams, Coggwell : C++ Cookbook, O’Reilly

2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Introduction to computer system

1. Basic Concept

2. Building logic

3. Introduction of computers

4. Solving exercise for common engineering problems

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 2


Writing programs using C++ 2

92

Preparation of Practical Report 1


Week 2: System Software

1. Definition of a software

2. Examples of system softwares

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 3: System Software

1. Function of system softwares

2. Concepts of software engineering

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 4: Linux Fundamentals

93

1. Introduction to free software

2. Introduction to Linux operating system, Linux commands, Linux architecture/Linux kernel

3. Introduction to Ubuntu operating system

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 5: Linux Fundamentals(cont.)

1. Introducing commands practical approach

2. Reviewing Ubuntu features

3. Installing Ubuntu, configuring and troubleshooting

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 6: Data Types

1. Fundamental data types

2. Advanced data types

3. Memory size of data types

94

4. Coding using basic data types

5. C++ Operators

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 1 pages 40 - 55) 2





Week 7: Control Structures

1. Syntax analysis of 'for loop'

2. Coding using 'for loop'

3. Syntax analysis of "while loop'

4. Coding using 'while loop'

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 1 pages 146 - 148, Chapter 5 pages 200 - 210)

2





Week 8: Control Structures(cont.)

1. Syntax analysis for 'do while - loop'

2. Coding using 'do while' structure

95

3. Syntax analysis of 'if else'

4. Coding using 'if else structure

5. Coding using break, go to, continue statement

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 4 pages 148 - 153, Chapter 5 pages 211 - 221)

2





Week 9: Arrays

1. Introduction of Arrays - one dimension

2. Coding using one dimension arrays

3. Introduction of Arrays - two dimension

4. Coding using two dimension arrays

5. Introduction of multi-dimension arrays

6. Coding using multi-dimension arrays

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






96

Week 10: Functions

1. Differentiate between inbuilt and user-defined functions

2. Coding using inbuilt and user defined functions

3. Functiions without parametere passing

4. Functions with parameter passing

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 11: Pointers

1. Pointer variable declarations and intialization

2. Pointer operators

3. Pass by reference with pointers

4. Coding using pointers

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 12: Structures & Unions

97

1. Syntax analysis of structures and unions

2. Applications of structures and unions

3. Coding using structures and unions

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 13: Object-Oriented Programming - Basic

1. Difference between structured programming and object oriented programming

2. Defining classes for objects

3. Role of constructors

4. Coding using object oriented design

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






Week 14: Object-Oriented Programming - Advanced

1. 'const objects and 'const' member functions

2. 'friend' functions and 'friend' classes

98

3. Using the 'this' pointer

4. Coding using 'const, friend, this'

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0






4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10%

50% Practical Tests 20%

Short Tests 20%


Dates:






Practical Test Week 14 20%


Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

99

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0







100







101

Lecturer: TBA


BEN508 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Mechanics Credit Points

12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours of lectures.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of Lab for week 10 only of the semester.



CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: Engineering Physics (BEN503)



Contact Hours 73

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14


Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This unit will introduce the student, the basic theories, principles and solving problems of different kinds of force system in engineering, effect of friction between contacting bodies, and torsion.


The unit deals with the fundamental knowledge of engineering mechanics (statics). The syllabus of the unit includes: scalars and vectors, dot and cross products, two dimensional force systems, forces, moments, couples, resultants, free-body diagrams, equilibrium of forces , trusses, frames, beams, centroids, moment of area, friction and torsion of shafts.



102

1.2.1 Apply the principles of basic engineering mechanics.

1.2.2 Model and analyze static force systems using the principles of equilibrium.

1.2.3 Calculate the properties of plane cross sections including centroids and area moments of inertia.

1.2.4 Determine the forces in members of pin jointed structures.

1.2.5 Calculate shear and bending effects in simple beams.

1.2.6 Calculate the values of static and kinetic frictions between contacting bodies.

1.2.7 Determine simple stress and strain in direct and indirect loading applications.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Statics and Mechanics of Materials, by William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris, 2nd Edition,ISBN 0-471-43446-9


2.2.1 Engineering Mechanics by Ferdinand Singer, 3rd Edition

2.2.2 Strength of Materials by Ferdinand L. Singer and Andrew Pytel, 4th Edition, ISBN 0-06-046229-9

2.2.3 Merriam J.L. and Kraige L.G. Engineering Mechanics Statics, 5th Edition ,SI Version, Wiley, USA, (2003) ISBN 0-471-26607-8

2.2.4 PP Benham, RJ Crawford & CG Armstrong, Mechanics of Engineering Materials, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall (May 3, 1996), ISBN 10: 0582251648

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, lecture notes and manuals, and supplementary notes (details) will be provided.


Week 1: Basic Static Concepts

Introduction, Fundamental Quantities of Mechanics, Newton's Laws, Mass and weight and units of measurement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Introduction (pages 1-2 ); Fundamental Quantities of Mechanics (pages 2-3); Newton's Law (pages 3-5); Mass and weight (pages 5-6); Units of Measurement (pages 8-14). Textbook - Statics and Mechanics 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris

2


Solving Problems 2


103


Week 2: Scalars and Vectors, Friction

What are forces, Classification and their Characteristics. Scalar Quantities and Vector quantities. Resultant of two or more Concurrent Forces, Resolution of Forces, Laws of Sine and Cosine. What is friction, Angle of Internal Friction, Kinetic and Static Friction.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 2 (pages 26-39, 188-192 ), Textbook : Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris. Chapter 5 (pages 114-122), Textbook: Engineering Mechanics by Ferdinand Singer

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Finding Missing Forces by Matrix( Dot & Cross Products)

Matrix Inverse by using the Adjoint Method. (Dot & Cross Products)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 2 (pages 46-47), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

1


Solving Problems 3



Week 4: Analysis of Beam Reactions by Analytical & Graphical Method

104

Types of supports, Types of Beams & Loadings, Free-body diagrams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 65-87,) Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Determinate & Indeterminate Beams

Determination of Determinacy of Beams . Calculation of the shear force and bending moment in a statically determinate beams, plotting the shear and moment diagrams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: (pages 435-454) Textbook - Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris; and (pages 274-292) of textbook Engineering Mechanics, 6th Edition by J.L. Meriam and L.G. Kraige.

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 6:Analysis of Internal Forces in a Truss and Cable

What is truss, different types of truss. Analysis of Internal forces in a truss by joint method, method of section, graphical method (bow's notation). Analysis of internal forces in a cable.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

105


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 6 (page 299-316), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

2


Solving Problems 2


0


Week 7: Torsion of Shaft

Derivation of Torsion Formulas, Angle of Twist, Power transmitted by the shaft, Hollow and Solid Shaft.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 75- 95), Textbook: Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition by Ferdinand L. Singer and Andrew Pytel and Chapter 5 (pages 201-224), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

1


Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Center of Gravity and Moment of Inertia

Finding center of gravity of regular and irregular figures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0 Readings: Chapter 6 (page 299-316), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

2


Solving Problems 2

106



Week 9: Stress

Normal, shear and bearing stresses; Second Moment of Area; Radius of gyration and Parallel-Axis theorem.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 4 ( pages 88-107) and Chapter 8 (pages 417-425),Textbook : Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris; and (pages 445 - 479), Textbook: Engineering Mechanics Statics, 6th Edition by J.L. Meriam & L.G. Kraige

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Stress-Strain Diagram and Poisson's Ratio

Stress-Strain Diagrams, Strain Measurement, Generalized Hooke's Law, Different Concepts in the Stress-Strain Curve. Poisson's Ratio (Uniaxial, Biaxial and Triaxial deformations).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 4 (pages 114-124), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 11: Flexural Bending Stress

107

Bending or flexure stress caused by bending moment expressed by the flexure formula. T-beam , I-beam and rectangular beam .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 8 (pages 414 - 416), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris

1


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Horizontal Shear Stress

Horizontal or vertical shear stress, statical moment of area

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 5 (pages 188 - 197), Textbook: Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition by Ferdinand L. Singer/Andrew Pytel.

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 13:Columns

Types of Columns, Euler's Formula, Effects of Different End Conditions; Axially Loaded and Eccentrically Loaded Columns; Combined Flexure Formula.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


108

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 11 (pages 651-678),Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 14: Mohr's Circle

Computation of stresses analytically and by the use of Mohr's Circle.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Chapter 10 (pages 593 - 594), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris. Chapter 7, (pages 404 - 407) Textbook: Engineering Mechanics, Statics, by J.L. Meriam and L.G. Kraige.

2


Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10%

50% Laboratory 10%

Class Tests 30%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

109







Laboratory (Stress-Strain Relationship)

Week 10 10%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs/workshops. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




110

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0







Actions that constitute plagiarism






111

Lecturer: TBA


BEN509 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Workshop Practice Credit Points

12


TUTORIALS: N/A

LABS/WORKSHOP PRACTICE:

Students are to attend 2 x 3 hours of Workshop practice per week.


Students are to spend about 4 -5 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 Maths and Physics or Equivalent



Contact Hours 114

Lectures 14

Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 16


Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)


1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.


This unit covers basic manufacturing technology and processes. Discussing advanced material properties and their applications. Practical workshop sessions include lathe, milling machine, drilling machines, and welding/fabrication. safety in manufacturing industry.

112



1.2.1 Identify common manufacturing processes, machine tools and cutting processes

1.2.2 Operate basic machine tools, such as milling, shaping, lathes and drilling machines

1.2.3 Apply fabrication techniques such as welding, fitting, moulding and pattern making

1.2.4 Select appropriate manufacturing methods and materials for specified applications

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2.1.2 Timmings R. L Manufacturing Technology Vol. 1 2nd edition Longman, London 1992

2.1.3 Budinski K. G. Engineering materials 6th edition Prentice Hall, USA 1999

2.1.4 Jennesson, J Electrical Principles 5th edition, McGraw-Hill 2003

2.1.5 Pethebridge, K and Nesson I, Electrical Wiring Practice Vol 1 and 2 5th edition McGraw-Hill 2000

2.1.6 Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition

2.1.7 AS/NZS 3000:2007


2.2.1 Chapman W. A. J. Workshop Technology Vol 1, 2, 3 5th edition Edward Arnold. UK. 1985

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details and supplementary notes (details) will be provided.


Week 1: Introduction

1. Safety in the workshop, safety hazards, safe working environment, code of practice, First Aid, Removing a person from contact with live conductors, treatment for electric shock

2. Responsibility of employers and employees under OSH (occupational safety and health act)

3. Responsibility of employers and employees under OSH and electrical regulations.

4. Engineering metrology and instrumentation, importance of tolerances, limits and fits.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

113

Occupational safety and health act (This will be given by the OHS Lecturer) 1





Week 2: Manufacturing

1. What is manufacturing?

2. Material removal processes and machines 3. Processes to produce round shapes (turning) machining processes to produce various shapes (milling), various cutting tools. Work holding devices, machine structures, machining economics

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg1-34) Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2





Week 3: Fundamentals of cutting

1. Tool geometry and materials, power requirements, cutting speeds and feeds

2. Tool life, tool wear, cutting fluids, metal removal theory, geometric progression

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0


2

114





Week 4: Machining Process

1. Abrasive machining and finishing operations, advanced machining processes

2. Gas and arc welding,TIG, MIG and plasma welding, resistance welding.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (719-753, 865-893) Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2





Week 5: Basic Craft Skills

1. Selection of cable for specific job; Stripping cable, connections of small conductors to terminals and wiring accessories; Fitting plugs to flexible cords, fitting flexible cord couplers and amplifire sockets; Fix flexible cords to appliances; Crimping terminations to small size conductors up 6 square millimeter, Fixing methods to include: Fixing to masonary, provision of wood back boards to support light points, joint boxes and other outlets.

2. Using TPS cables to wire common lighting circuits and circuits servicing GPO's. Circuits to include: One light controlled by one switch, one light by two, two way switches, radial. Ciruit serving a number of socket outlets, radial circuit controlling fixed appliance.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 4

115

Readings: 1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

2





Week 6: Conduit System

1. Perform excercises to investigate the basic skills required for the installation of conduit steel and PVC conduit systems to include: Cuttting, jointing, connection to accessories, use of expansion couplings in PVC systems, Wire simple circuit using conduit.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 4


2





Week 7: Motors and Motor Controls

1. Wire a direct on line circuit to control a motor

2. Wire a star-delta circuit to control a motor

3. Add remote controls to circuits

4. Strip and rebuild a small motor

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

116


2





Week 8: Equipment Maintenance Management

1. Total Productive Maintenanace (TPM) - the six major TPM activities: elimination of losses, planned maintenance, autonomous maintenance, preventive engineering, product design, education.

2. Take students on field trip to a repair/callibration center where any of the above services are carried out.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 4


2





Week 9: Equipment Maintenance Management

1. Definition and explanation of MTTF, MTBF, MTTR and availibility of equipment and tools.

2. Examples on above.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

117

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

2





Week 10: History of manufacturing Materials

1. History of steel making, grain structure, annealing, normalising, Hot and cold working, cast iron, wrought iron, crystal growth, re-crystallisation

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0


2





Week 11: Properties of Materials

1. Hardness, toughness, brittleness, strength, malleability, ductility, elasticity, plasticity.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg56-82)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2


118




Week 12: Heat Treatment

1. Heat treatment: annealing, normalising, oil and water quenching, tempering. Iron-carbon diagram, eutectic point, iron-carbon diagram, alpha iron, gamma iron.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 4

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (100-125, 129-145)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2





Week 13: Metals

1. Non-ferrous metals and its alloys classification and applications.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (151-160, 1040-1044)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2




119


Week 14: Alloys

1. Non destructive testing

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (161-167) Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2





4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5%

50% Practical Tests 25%

Short Tests 20%


Dates:






Practical Test Week 14 25%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendence of 75% and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the course work and final examination separately. The following grading system will be used:

120

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0




121












122

LECTURER: TBA

BEN601 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Computation 2 Credit Points

12



LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Lab per week.

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 5 - 6 hours per week for this unit.



E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or Class shares. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS: Contact Hours 98

Lectures 56

Tutorials 28

Labs/Workshops 14

Field Trip(s) 0


Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break)



1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to help you develop an understanding of advanced calculus and the ability to formulate and solve models of complex engineering systems


This paper develops an understanding of advanced calculus, and the ability to formulate and solve problems of mathematical models of complex engineering systems

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes On successful completion of this course, students will be able to understand the following:

1. Apply vectors to solve problems in three-dimensional space.

2. Create models involving partial derivatives

123

3. Construct and calculate multiple integrals in a variety of settings.

4. Use vector field calculus over curved lines and surfaces. 5. Employ Laplace and Fourier transforms to analyze and solve application problems.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition



2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Partial Derivatives

1. Functions of several variables

2. Limits & Continuity

3. Definition of Partial Derivatives

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time)

6

Week 2: Partial Derivatives

1. Tangent planes & linear approximations

2. Chain Rule

3. Directional derivatives & the gradient vector.

124

4. Maximum & Minimum Values

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1



6

Week 3: Partial Derivatives & Multiple Integrals

1. Lagrange Multipliers

2. Double integrals over rectangles

3. Iterated integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 14 pages 934- 940, Chapter 15 pages 951 - 964)

2


Solving Problems 1



6

Week 4: Multiple Integrals

1. Double integral over general regions

2. Double integrals in Polar coordinates

3. Applications of double integrals

125

4. Triple Integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1



6

Week 5: Multiple Integrals

1. Triple integrals in Cylindrical coordinates

2. Triple integrals in Spherical coordinates

3. Change of variables in Multiple integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1



Week 6: Vector Calculus

1. Vector fields

2. Line Integrals

3. Fundamental theorem for line integrals

4. Green's Theorem

126

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1



Week 7: Vector Calculus

1. Curl & Divergence

2. Parametric surfaces & areas

3. Surface Integrals

4. Stroke's Theorem

5. Divergence Theorem

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0



Solving Problems 1



Week 8: Laplace Transform

1. Laplace Transform

2. Inverse Laplace Transform

3. Linearity & s- Shifting

4. Transform of derivatives & integrals

127

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 6 pages 220 - 233)

2


Solving Problems 1




1. Unit Step Functions: t- Shifting

2. Convolution

3. Integral Equations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1




1. Differentiation of Transform

2. Integration of Transform

3. Systems of ODE's

128

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1



Week 11: Fourier Series, Integrals & Transforms

1. Fourier Series

2. Functions of any period p = 2L

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1




1. Even & Odd Functions

2. Half Range Expansions

3. Forced Oscillations

No of Lectures 4

129

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1




1. Approximation by Trigonometric Polynomials

2. Fourier Integral

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1




1. Fourier Cosine & Sine Transforms

2. Fourier Transform : Discrete & Fast Fourier Transform

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2


130

Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 1



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5%

50% Class Exercises/Quizes 10%

Short Tests 35%


Dates:







Quiz-1 Week 4 5%

Quiz-2 Week 9 5%


Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

131

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0







132


1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service. 2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation. 3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source‟s words or ideas without proper citation.



133

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEN602 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Surveying for Engineers Credit Points

12


TUTORIALS: N/A

WORKSHOPS: N/A LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of practical per week





E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer


Lectures 56

Tutorials 0

Labs/Workshops 42


Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)



1.0 Welcome We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.


To introduce to the Civil Engineering students the importance of land survey in the construction of engineering structures, whether horizontal or vertical construction.


On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Determine the linear and angular units used in land surveying.

1.2.2. Explain the significance of scale in relation to mapping. 1.2.3. Produce a labelled sketch using a level and a theodolite in simplified form.

134

1.2.4. Carry out and plot a simple linear survey.

1.2.5. Carry out a close traverse.

1.2.6. Complete the reduction calculations including assessing the accuracy of the traverse.

1.2.7. Calculate Northing, Eastings.

1.2.8. Take and record readings using the level, theodolite and total station.

1.2.9. Carry out a leveling exercise to determine the difference in height between two points at least 1/2 kilometer apart. 1.2.10. Carry out a detailed survey using theodolite and chain.

1.2.11. Carry out a Grid Levelling survey and plot contours for a building site.

1.2.12. Use surveying techniques to locate historical boundary pegs.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-1


2.2.1. White, W.S. Revision Notes on Plane Surveying, Newnes-Butterworths, ISBN 0-408-000678

2.2.2. Bannister, S. Raymond, A. and Baker, R.W. (1998) Surveying (7th Edition), Longman, ISBN 0582302498

2.2.3. JcMcCormac, Surveying 5th Edition ISBN 0-471-23758-2

2.3 Class Shares

Lecture Notes and Laboratory Manual

3.0 Course Content and Reading References Week 1: Introduction and Linear Measurement Linear measurement, angular unit of measurement, scaled drawing in surveying, understanding of site plans, grid lines, surface relief, gradients, national grid lines and grid references and surveying conventional lines.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings:

Chapter 1 and 2 (pages 1 - 25) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

3


Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1


135

Week 2: Methods and Procedures of Surveying Principles of Linear Surveying: Trilateration, lines at right angle (offsets). Linear Measurement Techniques:

Steel tapes; Instrumentation: Unit systems; Theory of operation: Consideration of Accuracy; Linear

Measurement Corrections including temperature, tension, sag, calibration, slope, curvature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings:

Chapter 3, Linear Surveying (pages 26 - 58) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 3: Levelling Levelling instruments; the surveying telescope, categories of levelling instruments, setting up dumpy level, tilting level, automatic level. Leveling procedure using the rise and fall method, flying levelling, closed circuit of levelling, the method of series levelling. Levelling procedure using the method of HPC (height of the collimation method), Reciprocal Levelling.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings:

Chapter 4, Levelling (pages 58 - 96) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 4: Contouring

Contour characteristics, gradients. Methods of contouring; choice of vertical interval, setting out a point of known level, direct method of contouring, indirect method of contouring and interpolations.

No of Lectures 4

136

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3 0

Readings: Chapter 5, Contouring (pages 99 - 124) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Theodolites Main components of theodolites: tripod, Trivet stage, Tribrach (levelling arrangement of tribrach (upper plate), controls for measuring horizontal angles, index marks, transit axis or trunnion axis, altitude spirit level, centering motion, optical plummet. Reading the circles: direct reading, direct scale reading, micrometer reading, double micrometer, optoelectronic, setting up the Theodolite: Plumb bob method, optical plumb method. Measuring horizontal angles: Reiteration Method, Repitition Method. Measuring angles in the vertical plane; Measurement of vertical and zenith angles. Errors affecting angular measurement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3 0

Readings: Chapter 7, Theodolites (pages 144 - 168) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 6: Traverse Survey Types of traverse: open traverse, closed traverse, traverse closed between two fixed points. Four basic principles of traversing, plotting a traverse.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


137

0 Readings: Chapter 8, Traverse Survey (pages 169 - 185) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 7: Traverse Survey Computation Magnetic bearings, true bearings, grid bearings, magnetic declination, assumed bearings, forward and back bearings, quadrant bearings, conversion of angles to bearings in open traverse and closed traverse. Obtaining bearings directly using theodolite, rectangular coordinates, coordinates calculation, calculation of a closed traverse (adjustments by Bowditch Rule).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

Readings: Chapter 9, Traverse Survey Computation (pages 187 - 216) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

3


Solving Problems 1



Week 8: Stadia Tacheometry Stadia Tacheometry: basic concept, stadia tacheometry (horizontal sights, inclined sigths). Use of Stadia Tacheometry. Electro-magnetic Distance Measurements (EDM), types of EDM instrument: Theodolite and EDM Electronic Field Book.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


0 Readings: Chapter 10, Tacheometry (pages 217 - 242) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


138

Solving Problems 1



Week 9: Recording, Processing and Plotting of data/information Use of the surveyor's field book: Methods of recording and processing of field data: Plotting of information to produce site and area plans: use of standard symbols for detailing: methods for contouring site plans: Computation of Northings and Eastings correction by the Bowditch Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings: Chapter 8, pages 197 - 213; Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 2nd Edition

2

Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Photogrammetry & GPS Surveys

Introduction to photogrammetry,central perspertive, flight line, focal length, fiducial points, photoscale, types of distortion, photo interpretation, basic factors of recognition, orthophoto, stereo pair, stereoscope. GPS, componants, principle of determining position by GPS, accuracies of survey data using GPS.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings:

Chapter 1, pages 1-9, Chapter 6, pages 133-146, Chapter 7 pages 149 - 170; Textbook: Moffit Francis H. and Mikhail Edward M. Photogrammetry (3rd Ed), Harper & Row Publishers, New York, ISBN 0-0-700-22517-X

4


Solving Problems 1



139

Week 11: Mensuration - areas

Calculation of plane areas, areas with straight line enclosures, irregular areas, etc: area calculations for long and cross

sections: Area calculation by use of coordinates: Area measurement using the Planimeter.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


0 Readings:

Chapter 14, Mensuration-Areas (pages 325 - 339) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 12: Mensuration - volumes General rule for calculating volume, calculation of earthwork volume by simpson's 1/3 rule, calculation of volume by

prismoidal rule, calculation of volumes of large scale earthworks (by spot levels or by contours) .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


0 Readings:

Chapter 15, Mensuration-Volume (pages 340 - 356) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 13: Survey of existing buildings Classification of drawings, principles of measuring an existing building , conducting survey of buildings, plotting survey of existing buildings.

No of Lectures 4

140

No. of Tutorials 0


0 Readings: Chapter 16, Survey of existing buildings (pages 357 - 364) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

2


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 14: Setting out An introduction to setting out , definition of setting out, personnel involve in setting out and construction , plans and drawings associated with setting out, the principles of setting out, setting out procedures, horizontal control techniques, reference grids, vertical control techniques, coordinate positioning techniques.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings: Chapter 11 Setting out (pages 462 - 504) Surveying for Engineers by John Uren and Bill Price, 5th Edition

2


Solving Problems 1



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:


141


Assignment 1 Week 8 5%




Laboratory Week 10 10%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs.

Letter Grade Scale: The following grading scales would be used


A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete

Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0


142












143

LECTURER: TBA OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC603 Semester : I Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Geomechanics Credit Points

12



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab for Weeks 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 for the Semester



CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics (BEN508)

E-INFORMATION:

All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer


Contact Hours

91

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 21





1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This course will introduce to you the theories and principles of soil mechanics to prepare you to learn the fundamentals necessary in the design of engineering foundation structures (strip footing, pad footing, mat foundation, footing on piles ) based on the safe bearing capacity of soil foundation.


This unit will make the student to understand the principle and theories of soil mechanics for preparation of designing engineering foundation structures.

144



1.2.1. Calculate water content, density, unit weight & specific density of soil.

1.2.2. Calculate void ratio, porosity & degree of saturation of soil.

1.2.3. Determine the index properties of soil like particle size distribution, consistency limits, in-situ

density & density index to identify & classify the soil.

1.2.4. Classify the soil under different system to find the suitability in construction of dams, highways, etc.

1.2.5. Determine the seepage of water through the body of earth dams and stability of slopes.

1.2.6. Determine the rate of settlement of a saturated compressible soil.

1.2.7. Calculate uplift pressure under hydraulic structures and against piping.

1.2.8. Calculate ground water flow towards wells and drainage of soil.

1.2.9. Determine the magnitude of vertical stress, effective vertical stress and pore water pressure.

1.2.10. Determine the effect of capillary rise on soil that affect engineering structures.

1.2.11. Calculate the coefficient of compressibility, coefficient of consolidation & degree of consolidation.

1.2.12. Calculate time factor and time of settlement of soil due to compressive load of structures.

1.2.13. Calculate thrust on wall due to backfill & due to uniformly distributed load over backfill.

1.2.14. Calculate bearing capacity, ultimate bearing capacity, maximum safe bearing capacity of soil.

1.2.15. Calculate the shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soils.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Smith, G.N. Elements of Soil Mechanics (3rd Edition), Crosby, Lockwood.

Staples, ASIN 0258969490.

2.2.2. Craig, Robert F (1995), Soil Mechanics (5th Edition), Rutledge (also E & FN. Spoon). ISBN 0412395908.


2.2.1. Soil Mechanics by M.J. Smith, 4th Edition, ISBN 0-582-03380-2

2.2.2. Alison, I.S. and Patmer, D.F., Geology, the science of the changing Earth, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York.

2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Basic characteristics of soil

The importance of soil as an engineering material. A brief history of the development of Soil Mechanics.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Chapter 1 ( pages 1-6) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition. 2

145


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 2: Basic characteristics of soil

Description of particle size distribution in soil samples. The triangular classification system for soil types. Some

engineering applications of particle size distribution curves. Methods of determining particle size distribution by

sieve analysis & hydrometer analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 0 Readings:

Chapter 1 pages 6-37 of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition. 2


Solving Problems 2



Week 3: Different properties of soil

The Nature of Soil. Phases of Soil. Definitions of void ratio, Degree of Saturation, Mass Density, Specific Gravity, etc. Properties of Soil.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


The Nature of Soils (Chapter 1.1 pages 1-6); Particle Size Analysis (Chapter 1.2 pages 6-8); Plasticity of Fine-Grained Soils (Chapter 1.3 pages 8-10); Soil description & classification (Chapter 1.4 pages 10-24); Phase relationships (Chapter 1.5 pages 24-28); Soil compaction (Chapter 1.6 pages 28-36)Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

2

Soil Properties (Chapter 1.7 pages 22-23); Void ratio and porosity (Chapter 1.7.1 page 23); Degree of Saturation (Chapter 1.7.2 pages 23-24); Particle Specific Gravity (Chapter 1.7.3 pages 24-25); Density and Unit weight (Chapter 1.7.4 pages 26-30); Relative Density (Chapter 1.7.5 page 30); Soil physical relations (Chapter 1.8 pages 30-31) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

2


Solving Problems 1


146

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 4: Consistency limits Indices of Plasticity: Definition of Liquid Limit: Plastic Limit and Shrinkage Limit. Apparatus and methods for

determining the values of the plasticity indices. Use of the cone penetrometer and the Casagrande apparatus.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 0 Readings: Liquid Limit and plastic limit; plasticity index; liquidity index; shrinkage limit; (Chapter 1.4 pages 10-12) Determination of liquid & plastic limits using Cone Penetrometer Method (definitive method), One-point cone penetrometer method and method using the casagrande apparatus ( Chapter 1.4 pages 12-14); of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

2


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 5:Soil classification system

Total classification systems. Field methods for soil classification. The unified classification system.

Plasticity charts. The British System of Soil classification. Engineering Characteristics of Soils.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 0 Readings: Soil Classification in the field (Chapter 1.4.1 page 6) Soil classification in the Laboratory ( Chapter 1.4.2 pages 6-7); Soil classification system: The British Soil Classification System (BSCS) (Chapter 1.6.1 pages 15-21) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

1

The British Soil Classification System(Chapter 1 pages 14-18); The Unified Classification System (Chapter 1 pages 18-22) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

1


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 6: Soil permeability

147

Types of water retained in soils. Aquifers & aquacultures. Water tables and the capillary fringe. Salt water intrusion and the circular island model. Permeability of Soils. Darcy's Law and soil permeability. Definition of the Coefficient of

Permeability K. Permeability testing by the constant and falling head methods. One Dimensional Groundwater

Movement. Well tests. Typical K values for soils. Effects of temperature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Soil Water, Permeability & Flow (Chapter 2 pages 34-81) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

3


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 7:Pore water pressure

Mass and weight of soils. Effects of pore water pressure on soil skeleton strength.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3 0 Readings: Effective Stress (Chapter 3 pages 81-100) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 8: Effective stress in soil

The effective stress concept. Calculations and Mohr's circle representation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3 0

148

Readings: Shear Strength (Chapter 4 pages 103-151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

5

Shear Strength of Soil (Chapter 3 pages 82-130) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9


Solving Problems 0



Week 9: Phreatic line of Earth Dam

Determination of discharge through an Earth Dam using Flow net. The phreatic line of flow in an Earth Dam by

Casagrande Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Lateral Earth Pressure (Chapter 6 pages 179-246) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

3

Lateral Earth Pressure (Chapter 6 pages 196-238) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

2


Solving Problems 0


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 10: Soil consolidation Description of consolidation of a soil. Theoritical models of consolidation. Settlement. Oedometer test.

Pre-consolidation and its effects on subsequent performance. Measurement related to consolidation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Consolidation Theory (Chapter 7 pages 248-299) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 1

149


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 11: Bearing capacity of shallow foundation Determination of ultimate bearing capacity, allowable bearing capacity of shallow foundation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Bearing Capacity (Chapter 8 pages 302-372) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

3

Bearing Capacity of Soil (Chapter 8 pages 269-310) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

2


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9 Week 12 : Shear strength of soil

Shear strength parameters of soil, the angle of internal friction of coarse grained soil, cohesion and angle of internal friction of fine grained soil.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3 0 Readings: Chapter 4 (pages 103 - 151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig , 5th Edition 2


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 13: Triaxial apparatus The triaxial apparatus for testing the shear strength of cohesionless and cohesive soils.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


150

0 Readings: Chapter 4 (pages 103 - 151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig , 5th Edition 3


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 14. Stability of slopes

Stability of slopes of roadway embankment by ordinary method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Stability of Slopes (Chapter 9 pages 376-401) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition. Stability of Slopes (Chapter 5 pages 151-185) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9 Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum

Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%


50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:





151



Laboratary (x7) Week 13 10%

Title of Laboratory Experiments: Date to be performed

a)Sieve Analysis Week 6

b)Moisture Content Week 7

c) Attenberg Limits Week 9

d) Liquid Limit Week 10

f) Constant & Falling Head Permeability Test Week 11

f) Consolidation Test Week 12

g)Undrained Triaxial Test Week 13

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.


Grade

Marks Grade Point

Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0





I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0





152


P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0














153


BEC604 Semester : I Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Hydraulics 1 Credit Points

12



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab for Weeks 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 of the semester



CONSULTATION TIME



E-INFORMATION:



Contact Hours

91

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 21





1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This course will introduce the student the basic theories and principles of fluid at rest and fluid in motion including the study of the principles of dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude in preparation for him/her to design different water engineering structures.


154

This unit deals with the application of fluid at rest, fluid in motion and the dynamic effects of forces created by the moving liquid. The syllabus of the unit are: study of total hydrostatic pressure in plane and curved surface, bouyant force, stability of floating bodies, dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude Buckingham Pi Theorem, application of different hydraulic model laws (Reynold Model Law, Weber Model Law, Mach Model Law), pipeline system analysis including minor losses in pipe friction losses in pipes, pipe in series, pipes in parallel, pipe network analysis by Hardy Cross Method and Linearization Method; analysis of net positive suction head (NPSH) and pump selection; steady open channel flow including analysis of best economic trapezoidal section critical depth of flow , rapidly varying flow, hydraulic jump, gradually varying flow, classification of surface profile, and analysis of backwater profile by direct step and numerical integration methods.



1.2.1. Describe the fluid state and define the properties of fluid.

1.2.2. Calculate intensity of pressures, total hydrostatic pressure and centers of pressure in plane and curved surface. 1.2.3. Apply Archimedes principle in analysis of floating bodies.

1.2.4. Calculate the location of the metacentric height of simple floating body.

1.2.5. Choose a suitable control volume and apply the control volume equation.

1.2.6. Distinguish between laminar and turbulent pipe flows.

1.2.7. Calculate the discharge in orifice, venturi meter and pitot tube.

1.2.8. Use the Barr formula to calculate coefficient of friction for head loss computation in pipes.

1.2.9. Use the Darcy and Weisbach equation in calculation of friction loss in pipeline.

1.2.10. Use the Colebrook-White equation for design of uniform pipeline.

1.2.11. Apply the three fundamental laws (conservation of mass, conservation of energy and conservation of momentum in analysis of pipe law problems)

1.2.12. Apply Bernoulli's equation to a wide range of fluid problems.

1.2.13. Draw the graphical interpretation of total energy in pipeline. (Energy gradeline and hydraulic gradeline)

1.2.14. Calculate distribution of discharge in pipes in parallel, pipes in series and three reservoir problem.

1.2.15. Apply the principle of Hardy Cross method in pipe network analysis.

1.2.16. Apply the forces of impact of jets to the flat and curved surfaces.

1.2.17. Derive and understand the significance of the dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude.

1.2.18. Use results from hydraulic models to predict prototype behaviour.

1.2.19. Estimate skin friction and form drag forces on solid bodies.

1.2.20. Calculate normal and critical depths in prismatic channels.

1.2.21. Apply the principle of hydraulic jump analysis in design of water engineering structures.

1.2.22. Sketch and identify the open channel flow surface profiles.

1.2.23. Sketch surface profiles for combinations of channels and hydraulic controls.

1.2.24. Compute surface profiles for simple situations including location of jumps.

1.2.25. Describe different types of pumps and turbine and briefly describe their operation.

1.2.26. Select a pump for a duty and check for the possibility of cavitation.

2.0 Resources

155

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick and Martin Borthwick , ISBN 0-415-306094

2.1.2 Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Edition, Volume 1 by Douglas, Gasiorek and Swaffield, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-582-41476-8

2.1.3 Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri &n R.E. Featherstone, 4th Edition,ISBN 13:978-0-632-055514-2


2.2.1. Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. Woodburn, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Incorporated. 2.2.2 .Understanding Hydraulics by Les Hamill, 2nd Edition, ISBN 13 978-0- 333-77906 -4

2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Description of Fluid State Liquids and gases. Properties of fluids. Density, Viscosity, Bulk Modulus, Surface Tension. Units and dimensions of fluid properties. Study of the principle of dimensional homogeneity.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Introduction (pages 1-8 ) Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics (Volume 1) 3rd Edition J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews.

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 2 : Intensity of Pressure Intensity of pressure , variation of pressure with depth of fluid , Pascal Law.

Pressure measurement using manometers and the capillary effects of fluid.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

156

Chapter 1- (pages 9-26 ) Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics (Volume 1) 3rd Edition J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews. (Textbook can be found at FNU Samabula Library)

3


Solving Problems 1



Week 3: Hydrostatic Pressure on Surfaces

Total pressure on Plane surfaces . Location of position of center of pressure with respect to center of gravity.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 41 - 50) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons(Textbook not in FNU Library).

1

Chapter 2 (pages28-40); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition by J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 4: Hydrostatic Pressure on Curved Surfaces Curved Surfaces and Parabolic Surfaces

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 2 (pages40-50); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition by J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

1

Chapter 3 (pages 51 - 54) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons.

1


Solving Problems 1


157


Week 5: Bouyancy and Stability of Floating Bodies Principle of Archimedes; stability and metacenter, stability of floating cone.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 51 -58); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition by J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

1

Chapter 3 (pages 66 - 75) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons

1


Solving Problems 1



Week 6: Dams

Determination of different forces acting dams, hydraulic analysis of the stability of dams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 57- 61) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons

1


Solving Problems 1



Week 7: Flow in Pipes and Closed Conduit and Flow of Incompressible in Pipeline

Theory of Laminar and Turbulent flow in pipes including internal shear stress and velocity distribution.

Definition of the hydraulic gradeline. The Hagen-Poiseuille equation. Friction factor and the Darcy-Weisbach equation. Osborne Reynold's number. Minor and major losses in pipes; the Bernoulli's equation. Resistance in circular pipeline flowing full;Design of uniform pipeline, pipes in series and pipes in parallel.

158

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 4(pages 91- 121) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition. Textbook in FNU Library.

2

Chapter 4 (pages 91-120) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri and R.E. Featherstone, 4th Edition. (Textbook in FNU Library)

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 8: Pump-pipeline System Analysis and Design

Hydraulic gradient in pump- pipeline systems, multiple pump systems, suction lift limitations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 6 (pages 154 - 176) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri and R.E. Featherstone, 4th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 9: Pipe Network Analysis

Analysis of pipe network by Hardy Cross method and by Linear theory method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 121 - 153) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri &n R.E. Featherstone, 4th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 1


159


Week 10: Open Channel Flow Natural and artificial channel and their properties,Laminar and turbulent flow in open channel, uniform flow and compound channel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 122 - 136) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 1



Week 11: Non Uniform Flow in Open Channel

Rapidly varied flow : alternate stages of flow in open channel , critical depth and specific energy , hydraulic jump, derivation of the conjugate depth equation, the venturi flume. Analysis of gradually varied flow.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5(pages 138- 184) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 1



Week 12. The Law of Conservation of Momentum

Application of the control volume equation to problems involving momentum. Calculation of force due to an impinging jet, deflector vanes, expansions, contractions and bends. Other applications of the momentum equation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

160



2


Solving Problems 1



Week 13: Turbo machinery (Centrifugal Pump and Pelton Turbine)

Determination of radial, tangential and peripheral velocity of the pump impeller. The exit angle of the impeller blade of the pump. The principle of net positive suction head. Pump and pipeline analysis to determine the operating point of the pump. The principle of cavitation in pump.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 7 (pages 202 - 210) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 2



14. Dimensional Analysis and hydraulic similitude

Dimensional analysis using the principle of Pi- Buckingham theorem. Application of Reynold's model law, Froude model law, Weber model law and Euler's model law in hydraulic similitude between the model and the prototype.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1



4


Solving Problems 3


161


4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum

Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%


50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:







Laboratary (x7) Week 13 10%

Title of Laboratory Experiments: Date to be performed

a) Bourdon gauge calibration Week 4

b)Total Hydrostatic pressure on plane surfaces Week 5

c) Stability of floating Bodies Week 6

d) Fluid friction in pipes Week 7

e) Venturi and Orifice meter Week 8

f) Thin plate weirs Week 9

g)Hydraulic jump Week 10



Grade Marks Grade Point

Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

162

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0








163







164


BEC605 Semester : I Venue: Derrick Campus Title:Structural Mechanics for Engineers Credit Points

12



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A


Students are to spend about 6- 9 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME

Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the following day and time; (Day & Time: TBA)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics (BEN508)

E-INFORMATION:



Contact Hours

70

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This unit will introduce the student the necessary solid mechanics and principles for preparation in the design of engineering structures


This unit will introduce the student the necessary solid mechanics theories and principles for preparation in the design of engineering structures.



165

1.2.1. Mastery of plotting the shear and moment diagrams of statically determinate and

indeterminate beams and frames.

1.2.2. Sketch beam deflection diagrams for a wide range of loading and support conditions.

1.2.3. Calculate deflection by double integration method.

1.2.4. Prove the Moment Area Theorems and apply to simple cases.

1.2.5. Calculate deflections using Virtual Work Method.

1.2.6. Analyze statically indeterminate members using three moment equation.

1.2.7. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the method of moment distribution.

1.2.8. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the principle of Slope Deflection Equation.

1.2.9. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the method of consistent deformation.

1.2.10. Explain the concept of the "Rolling Load" and the term "Influence Line"

1.2.11. Calculate values and draw an influence line diagram.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Strength of Materials by Ferdinand L. Singer & Andrew Pytel, 4thEdition,ISBN 0-06-046229-9

2.2.2 Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler, 6th Edition, ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4

2.2.3. Structural Mechanics by Hassan Al Nageim, F. Durka, W. Morgan., & D. Williams , 7th Edition


2.2.1. Durka, Frank:Morgan, W:Williams, D.T. (1980). Structural Mechanics (ELBS Edition),

Longman Group, Ltd. London.

2.2.2. Structural Analysis by Harold Laursen, 3rd Edition.

2.3 Class Shares

Lecture Notes



Introduction to the study of Structural mechanics. Idealisation of structures. Decomposition and the free-body diagram approach, review of calculation of reactions, shear force and bending moment in beams. Shear Foce and Bending Moment Diagrams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Introduction to Structural Mechanics (Chapter 1 page 3 ); Beam reactions (Chapter 5 pages 80-89); 1

Shear Force & Bending Moment & shear force & bending moment diagrams (Chapter 8 pages 144 - 165)

3

166

of Structural Mechanics by Hassan Al Nageim, F. Durka, W. Morgan., & D. Williams , 7th Edition. Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1



Week 2: Deflections

Deflection Diagrams/Elastic Curves

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Deflection (Chapter 8, pages 270 - 272), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler, 5th Edition 1

ISBN 0-13-098460-4


Solving Problems 2



Week 3: Double Integration Method

Finding deflection of simply supported beams by Double Integration Method. Derivation of formula and principle of Double Integration Method. Method of finding beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Double Integration Method (Chapter 8, pages 298 - 303), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler 2

ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4


Solving Problems 3



Week 4: Area Moment Method

167

Finding deflection of simply supported beams by area moment method. Derivation of formula and principle of Area Moment Method. Method of finding beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Area Moment Method (Chapter 8, pages 304 - 313), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler 3

ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Conjugate Beam Method

Determining the displacement/deflection and slope at a point on the elastic curve of a beam using Conjugate Beam Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Conjugate Beam Method (Chapter 8,pages 289-296) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 5th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Virtual Work Method

Finding deflection of beams and trussess by Virtual Work Method. Examples of Deflections calculations for beams and frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

168

Principle of Virtual Work (Chapter 9, pages 334-336); Method of Virtual Work: Trussess (Chapter 9, pages 336-342); Method of Virtual Work: Beams & Frames (Chapter 9, pages 343-354) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 7: Three-Moment Equation

Introduction to the Three Moment Equation Method. Outline of the general principle including definitions. Application of the Three Moment Equation Method to analysis of statically indeterminate beams. Mid Semestral Test.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Determinacy & Stability (Chapter 2, page 47);Statically Indeterminate Structures (Chapter 10, page 383) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

1


Solving Problems 3



Week 8: Slope Deflection Method

Finding Fixed-End-Moments by Slope Deflection Method. Derivation of the governing equations. Application to the Analysis of Beams and Frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Displacement Method of Analysis: Slope Deflection Equations (Chapter 11 page 433);Displacement Method of Analysis: General Procedures (Chapter 11,page 433-435); Slope Deflection Equations (Chapter 11, pages 435-440); Analysis of Beams (Chapter 11, pages 441-447); Analysis of Frames: No Sideways (Chapter 11, pages 449-453) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

2

169


Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Moment Distribution Method

Introduction to the Moment Distribution Method. Outline of the general principle including definitions. Application of the moment distribution method to indeterminate beams and frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Displacement Method of Analysis: Moment Distribution (Chapter 12 page 469);General Principles & Definition (Chapter 12, page 469-472); Moment Distribution for Beams (Chapter 12, pages 473-481); Stiffness Factor Modifications (Chapter 12, pages 482-487);Moment Distribution for Frames: No Sideways (Chapter 12, pages 488-489) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Method of Consistent Deformation Analyzing indeterminate structures using Method of Consistent Deformation. Derivation of the governing equations. Application to the Analysis of Beams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

170

Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures by the Foce Method (Chapter 10 page 383);Statically Indeterminate Structures; Advantages & Disadvantages; Method of Analysis; Force Method; Displacement Method (Chapter 10, pages 383-385); Force Method of Analysis: General Procedure; Procedure for Analysis (Chapter 10, pages 386-389); Maxwell's Theorem of Reciprocal Displacements: Betti's Law (Chapter 10, pages 390-391);Force Method of Analysis: Beams: (Chapter 10, pages 391-399); Force Method of Analysis: Frames (Chapter 10, pages 400-403); Force Method of Analysis: Trussess (Chapter 10, pages 404-406) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 11: Influence Lines Define the term Influence Line. Work through examples of the generation of influence line diagrams for statically

determinate structures. Determine maximum influence at a point for complex combined loading conditions. Determination of absolute maximum moment caused by moving loads passing a highway bridge.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Influence Lines: (Chapter 6, pages 203-209);Influence Lines for Beams (Chapter 6, pages 211-213); Maximum influence at a point due to a series of concentrated loads (Chapter 6, pages 230-239); Absolute Maximum Shear & Moment (Chapter 6, pages 240-243) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Archs and Cables Cables & Arches. Basic structural analysis of suspended cables and two & three hinged arch.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

171

Readings: Cables and Arches: (Chapter 5 page 179); Cables (Chapter 5, pages 179-180); Cable Subjected to concentrated loads (Chapter 5, pages 180-181); Cable subjected to a uniform distributed load (Chapter 5, pages 182-187); Arches (Chapter 5, page 188); Three-hinged Arch (Chapter 5 pages 189-193) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 13: Retaining Wall Basic stability analysis of Retaining Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Retaining Walls:Introduction (Chapter 8, pages 353-354); Gravity & Cantilever Walls: Proportioning Retaining Walls (Chapter 8, page 355); Application of Lateral Earth Pressure Theories to Design (Chapter 8, pages 356-357); Stability of Retaining Walls (Chapter 8, pages 358-359); Check for Overturning (Chapter 8, pages 359-361); Check for Sliding along the base (Chapter 8, pages 361-363); Check for Bearing Capacity failure (Chapter 8, pages 364-374); Lateral Earth Pressure: Introduction( Chapter 7, pages 308-309) Lateral Pressure at rest (Chapter 7, pages 309-311); Rankine Active Earth Pressure (Chapter 7, pages 312-315); A General Case for Rankine Active Pressure: Granular Backfill; Granular backfill with vertical back face (Chapter 7, pages 315-322);Passive Pressure: Rankine Passive Earth Pressure (Chapter 7, pages 338-344) Rankine Passive Earth Pressure: Inclined Backfill (Chapter 7, pages 344-345) of Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das ISBN -13: 978-0-495-08246-0, 6th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Dams

172

Analysis of Stability of Dams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Solution to Problems in Hydraulics (pages 65 - 86) by Venancio I. Besavilla 2


Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:










A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

173

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0









174




175


BEC606 Semester : I Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Geology Credit Points

12



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A


Students are to spend about 4- 8 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME



E-INFORMATION:

All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer


Contact Hours

82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips

12


Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 5



1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This unit will introduce to you the scientific theory of origin of the earth, plate tectonic, earthquake,

volcanic eruptions, tsunami, tropical depressions, minerals, groundwater and other scientific geological

principles needed in the study of Civil Engineering.


This unit will introduce to the student the scientific theory of origin of the earth, earthquake, volcanic eruptions,

tsunami, tropical depressions, minerals, groundwater and other scientific principle needed in the study of

176

Civil Engineering.


As a result of successfully completing this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Explain the roll of geology and the geologist in Civil Engineering work.

1.2.2. Explain the scientific formation of the Earth 4.5 billion years ago.

1.2.3. Explain the principle of continental drift and Plate Tectonics.

1.2.4. Explain the characteristics of Earth Interior.

1.2.5. Explain the causes of Earthquakes.

1.2.6. Describe how a volcano is formed.

1.2.7. Explain plate boundary motion and its relation to volcanic activity.

1.2.8. Explain what a site investigation is intend to achieve.

1.2.9. Discuss exploration methods for underground water, oil, gas, etc.

1.2.10. Discuss topics in structural geology e.g. types of fold etc.

1.2.11. Relate geology to engineering works such as dams, buildings, bridges, etc.

1.2.12. Assess and select sites for dams, roads, bridges, buildings; and conservation of soil, water

energy and other earth resources.

1.2.13. Evaluate the hazards that exist naturally and those that are caused by human activities.

1.2.14. List the main mineral types and indicate their uses.

1.2.15. Describe a range of minerals and their exploration techniques.

1.2.16. Describe how igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks are formed.

1.2.17. Discuss the chemistry of rocks.

1.2.18. Discuss the movement of groundwater.

1.2.19. Describe geomorphologic actions of water, wind and ice and explain how they affect

landforms.

1.2.20. Different alternative sources of renewable energy known by man.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery,ISBN 0-697 -09806-0


2.2.1. Alison, I.S. and Patmer, D.F., Geology, the science of the changing Earth, McGraw-Hill Inc.,

New York 2.2.2. Geology, An Introduction to principles of Physical and Historical Geology (3rd Edition) by

Richard M. Pearl, Barnes and Noble, Inc., New York 2.2.3. Physical Geology (Exploring the Earth) 6th Edition by James S. Monroe, Reed Wicander and

Richard W. Hazlett: ISBN-13:978-0-495-01148-5 2.3 Class Shares

177

3.0 Course Content and Reading References Week 1: Introduction Geology as a discipline, the Earth within the universe, the early solar system, early atmosphere and oceans

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Chapter 1: An Invitation to Geology, pages 3 - 7

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery 2


Solving Problems 1


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 2: Scientific Formation of the Earth

Discussion of the scientific formation of the Earth 4.5 billion years ago.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 1: An Invitation to Geology, pages 8 - 13

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery 2


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 3: Plate Tectonic

Principle of continental drift and Plate Tectonics and the characteristics of Earth Interior.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

178

Readings:

Plate Tectonics (Chapter 9 pages 121-128) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 4: Earthquakes and Tsunami

Causes of Earthquakes and Tsunami.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Earthquakes (Chapter 10 pages 137-153) 2



Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 5: Volcano

Volcano and its danger to environment.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Volcanoes (Chapter 4 pages 50-68) of Fundamentals of Geology by Carla W. Montgomery, 2nd Edition, 2


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 6: Plate Tectonic Boundary

Three kinds of plate tectonic boundary and its relation to volcanic activity.

179

4

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0


Readings: Plate Tectonics (Chapter 9 pages 129-134) 2



Solving Problems 0


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5 Week 7: Natural Hazards

Natural hazards in the earth caused by human activities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Mass Movements, Mass Wasting (Chapter 19 pages 271-283) 2



Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Minerals

Main mineral types; various tests to determine the kind of minerals; their uses in the industry and chemistry rocks.

Different kinds of renewable energy resources

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trips

180

Readings: Mineral Resources(Chapter 20 pages 286-312) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 9: Different Types of Rocks

Formation of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Chapters 3, 6 and 7, pages 33-47; pages 83-96; pages 97-107 2



Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 10: Groundwater and water resources

Subsurface water, aquifer geometry,consequences of ground water withdrawal

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trips

Readings: Groundwater and Water Resources, Chapter 15, (pages214 - 227) 2



Solving Problems 2



181

Week 11: Streams

Hydrologic Cycle, Dflooding.rainage Basins & Size of Streams, Streams as Agents of Erosion, Sediment Transport and Deposition, Stream Channels and Equilibrium and Flooding.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Streams, Chapter 14, (pages pages 195-211) 2



Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6 Week 12: Glaciers

Ice and Hydrologic Cycle, Glacier Formation, Glacial Erosion, Glaciers and Lakes.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Glaciers, Chapter 17, (pages 243-255) 3



Solving Problems 2



Week 13: Wind and Deserts

The Origin of Wind, Wind Erosion and Sediment Transport, Desert.

No of Lectures 4

182

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Wind and Deserts, Chapter 18, (pages 260-268) 2



Solving Problems 0



Week 14. Coastal Zones and Processes

Waves and Tides, Beaches and Coastal Features, Coastal Erosion and Hazards.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 0 Readings: Coastal Zones and Processes, Chapter 16, (pages 230-240) 2



Solving Problems 0



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 25%

Class Tests 25% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:



183





(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination.



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0


184














185


BEC607 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Title: Engineering Analysis & Problem Solving Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab



CONSULTATION TIME


PREREQUISITE: Introduction to Computer Programming (BEN507)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer


Contact Hours

84

Lectures 28

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 42





1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This unit will introduce the student the importance of MATLAB in engineering problem solving.


To introduce to the student the importance of Mat Lab in engineering problem solving.


Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

186

1.2.1. Use of the MATLAB and its capabilities

1.2.2. Discuss numbers ,vectors & Vector space

1.2.3. Discuss Mathematical Operations using Arrays.

1.2.4. Creating and saving a script file.

1.2.5. Plotting of given data.

1.2.6. Creating a function file.

1.2.7. Apply Programming in MATLAB.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole



2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: Introduction to MATLAB

1. MATLAB Command Window

2. MATLAB Commands for Display and Plotting

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 1 (pages 3 - 21)

3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 2 : Introduction to MATLAB (continued)

1. Creating MATLAB Programs

2. MATLAB Programming Language

3. Reinforcement Exercises and Exploration Problems

187

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 1 (pages 22 - 42)

3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 3: Numbers and Vectors

1. Properties of Real Numbers

2. Complex Numbers

3. Vectors in two dimensions and three dimensions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8 Week 4 : Numbers and Vectors (continued)

1. Vectors in Higher Dimensions

2. MATLAB Vectors

3. Properties of Vectors

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


188


3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 5 : Matrices

1. Basic properties of Matrices

2. MATLAB Matrix operations

3. MATLAB Matrix Inverse

4. MATLAB Solution of Linear Systems

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3 0 Readings: Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 3 (pages 102 - 135)

3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 6 : Matrices (continued)

1. Linear Transformation

2. MATLAB Homogeneous Transformation

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0


3

189


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 7 : Eigen values and Eigen vectors

1. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors

2. Matrix Eigen value theorem

3. Complex Vectors and Matrices

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 4 (pages 162 - 173)

3


Solving Problems 2



Week 8 : Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors (continued)

1. MATLAB Commands for Eigen Vectors

2. Matrix Calculus

3. Similar and diagonalizable matrices

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


3


Solving Problems 2


190

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 9 : Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors (continued)

1. Application to differential equations

2. Reinforcement exercises and Exploration problems

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1



3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 10 : Linear Differential Equations

1. Classification of Differential Equations

2. Linear Differential Equations

3. Higher order Differential Equations

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1



3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 11 : Linear Differential Equations (continued)

1. Second order differential equations

2. Particular solutions of differential equations

3. MATLAB solutions of differential equations

191

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1



3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 12 : Linear Differential Equations (continued)

1. Transforming Differential Equations

2. MATLAB solution of couple second order equations

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


3


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 13 : Approximation of Functions

1. Polynomial Interpolation

2. Interpolation by spline functions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1



3

192


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7 Week 14 : Approximation of Functions (continued)

1. Least Squares curve fitting

2. Orthogonal Functions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1



3


Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 15% 50%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:





Class Test 1 Week 7 13.0%


193




Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



194










195

LECTURER: TBA


BEC608 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Earthworks, Curves & Credit Points 16

Hydrographic Survey



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Surveying for Engineers (BEN602)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. interesting. This course will introduce to you the importance of study of roadway geometric curves necessary

to have a complete understanding of roadway design and construction.


To prepare the student the necessary mastery of the theories and principles of geometric curves needed in

design or roadway alignment. The syllabus of the unit are: the study of horizontal alignment and vertical

alignment of roadway and also includes study of Mass Diagram Analysis and survey of land under water

(hydrographic survey).

196



1.2.1. Calculate the geometric properties of plain horizontal curves, compound curves, and reversed curves.

To layout in the field the horizontal curves by method of deflection angles.

1.2.2. Calculate the geometric properties of symmetrical and unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curves. To

layout in the field the horizontal curves by offset from tangents.

1.2.3. Calculate the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves in design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in

treatment of the spiral easement curves.

1.2.4. Measure the discharge of the river by using the slope area method.

1.2.5. Determine the discharge of a river by Price Current Meter or by Floats.

1.2.6. Apply the principle of mass diagrams in roadway project construction and supervision with respect to

earthwork movement and utilization of roadway heavy equipment such as Dozer, loader dump truck

and road roller.

1.2.7. Apply the engineering principle of hydrographic survey to secure information concerning the water

areas and the adjacent coast for the preparation and compilation of nautical charts for purpose of

navigation and flood control.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition.

2.1.2.Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2


2.1.1. Irvine, William (1980). Surveying for Construction (4th Edition), McGraw-Hill, ASIN 0070846359

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Review of Surveying Procedures

Leveling, measuring both horizontal and vertical angles using the

theodolite; open traverse and closed traverse, area computation by Double Meridian Distance

Method (DMD) and double parallel distance method (DPD)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


197

Readings: Chapter 12 Traverse Adjustment and Area Computation (pages 213 - 234) 3

Text: Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8 Week 2: Simple Curves and Compound Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of plain horizontal curves and compound curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 12, Circular Curves ( pages 585 - 623) 4

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Chapter 22, Horizontal Curves(pages 383 - 396)

Textbook:Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Reversed Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of reversed curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 12, Circular Curves ( pages 585 - 623) 2



198

Solving Problems 2



Week 4: Symmetrical Vertical Parabolic Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of symmetrical vertical parabolic curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapter 14, Vertical Curves ( pages 693 - 727) 4


Chapter 23, Vertical Curves (pages 407 - 412) 2

Textbook:Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Unsymmetrical Vertical Parabolic Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 14, Vertical Curves ( pages 693 - 727)

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6 4


Solving Problems 3



199

Week 6: Spiral Easement Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves in

design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in treatment

of the spiral easement curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapter 14,The geometry of transition curves ( pages 647 - 692) 4



Solving Problems 3



Week 7: Spiral Easement Curves (Continued)

Analysis of the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves in

design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in treatment

of the spiral easement curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 14,The geometry of transition curves ( pages 647 - 692) 2



Solving Problems 4



Week 8: Earthworks and Mass Diagram

Earthwork and mass diagram.

200

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 15,Earthwork quantities( pages 729- 796) 4



Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Discharge of a River by Slope Area Method

Slope Area Method: the three basic factors that are to be determined in measuring the discharge of the river by

using the slope area method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Problem 16A (pages 199- 212) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975 2


Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports


Week 10: Discharge of a River by Price Current Meter or by Floats

Measurement of Discharge of a river by Price Current Meter or by Floats: The kind of support in crossing the

stream, by wading; by cableway; by bridge or by boat; measurement of depth; measurement of velocity either by

vertical velocity curve method, two-point method, six tenths depth method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

201

Readings: Problem 16B (pages 213-242) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 3

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975


Solving Problems 3



Week 11: Hydrographic Surveying

Basic principle of hydrographic surveying: The different purposes of Hydrographic Survey.

The principle of sounding , use of echosounder survey equipment in conducting hydrographic survey.

No of Lectures

4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Problem 18 (pages 242-260) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 3



Solving Problems 3


9


Week 12: Hydrographic Surveying (Continued)

Sounding , use of echosounder survey equipment in conducting hydrographic survey

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Problem 18 (pages 261-280) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 2



202

Solving Problems 3


9


Week 13: Geometric Design of Railway Track

Necessity of Geometric design of a Railway Tra-Gradient-Gradientck. Gradient and Grade Compensation-Ruling gradient-Momentum gradient-Pusher gradient-Gradient in station yards-Grade compensation on curves. Speed of the train-Speed on curves. Radius or degree of curvature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 13 (pages 153-162) , Textbook: Railway Engineering, 5th Edition by Subhash C. Saxena and Satyapal Arora

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Geometric Design of Railway Track (Continued)

Super elevation or cant-Objects of providing super elevation-Relationship of super elevation, gauge, speed, speed and radius of the curve-Average speed-Limits of super elevation, cant deficiency-Negative super elevation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 162-177) , Textbook: Railway Engineering, 5th Edition by Subhash C. Saxena and Satyapal Arora

2


Solving Problems 3


203

9


4.0 Assessment


Assignment 10%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Field Exercise 10% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:







Field Exercise (3) Week 7 - 13 10%




A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

204











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0











205





206

LECTURER: TBA


BEC609 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Hydraulics 2 Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Hydraulics 1 (BEC604)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce to you the basic theories and principles of fluid in motion(unsteady flow)

including review of steady open channel flow.


To prepare the students to have a complete mastery of theories and principles of hydraulics necessary in the

design of water engineering structures.

207



1.2.1. Mastery of theories involved in analysis of steady flow in open channel.

1.2.2. Calculation of propagation of positive and negative surge waves due to unsteady flow in open channel

1.2.3. Design of erodible trapezoidal channel using the principle of tractive force ratio.

1.2.4. Pipe network analysis using Hardy Cross method and Linearization method.

1.2.5. Analysis of Pump-Pipeline to determine the necessary horsepower capacity of the pump needed to be

installed in the system.

1.2.6. Analysis of variation of velocity and water level in a surge tank due to sudden closure of pipe valve near

the inlet of water turbine.

1.2.7. Analysis of the effect of water hammer in the pipeline due to partial or full closure of the pipe valve.

1.2.8. Hydraulic analysis of water regulating structures.

1.2.9. Hydraulic analysis of pipe and box culvert.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick and

Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

2.1.2. Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


2.2.1. Douglas, Gasiorek and Swaffield, Fluid Mechanics (4th Edition), Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-582-41476-8

2.2.2. Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. Woodburn, 5th Edition,

John Wiley & Sons Incorporated.

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Open Channel Flow,Steady flow Three fundamental laws as applied to problem solving in hydraulics (Conservation of mass,

conservation of energy and conservation of momentum). Analysis of Steady Uniform Flow;

The Chezy and Manning Equations. The critical depth meters and thin plate weirs.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


208

Readings:

Chapter 5, Open Channel flow (pages 122-129) 3

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4


Solving Problems 2



Week 2: Open Channel Flow, Steady Flow (Continued)

Rapidly varied flow (steady flow); the hydraulic jump; Classification of non-uniform flows

in open channels and gradually varied flow (i.e., determination of backwater profile).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5, Open Channel flow,Steady flow (pages 138-144) 1




Solving Problems 4



Week 3: Unsteady Flow in Channels

Hydraulic Analysis of propagation of solitary wave and surges in open channels, positive surge waves, negative

surge waves, and dam break.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 13, Unsteady Flow in Open Channels (pages 316 - 326) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3

209



Week 4: Gradually Varied Flow, Unsteady Flow

Derivation of the two equations of motions governing gradually varied unsteady flow in open channel

(known as the St. Venant equations). Applications of the St. Venant equations to solution of hydraulic

problems involving calculations of runoff due to rainfall incident on plane surface. Numerical solution

of the St. Venant equations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5 (pages 81 - 94) Kinematic Hydrology and Modelling, Elsevier Amsterdam 3

Textbook: Kinematic Hydrology and Modelling, Elsevier Amsterdam by Stephenson and Meadows


Solving Problems 4



Week 5: Sediment Transport

Threshold of movement of sediments in channel, mechanics of sediment transport, sediment transport equations,

bed load transport, suspended load transport.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 9, Sediment Transport (pages 283 -306) 3




Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Best Efficient Section

Design of stable alluvial channel (trapezoidal channel using shear force method).

210

Design of most efficient section of trapezoidal channel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Section 15.4, Design of stable alluvial channel(pages 498 -501) 1



Section 8.5.2.1, Critical Tractive Force Theory (pages 188 - 189) 1


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 4



Week 7: Simple Pipeline

Hydraulic analysis of simple pipeline. Pipe flow formulas (the Chezy equation, Manning's formula).

Pipe Flow formula in turbulent flow (Darcy-Weisbach formula, White-Colebrook Equation, Barr Formula).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5 (pages 116 - 140) 3


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3


of uniform pipeline


Week 8: Design of Pipeline, Pipes in Series and Pipes in Parallel

Design of uniform pipeline, pipes in series and pipes in parallel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials No of Labs/Workshops etc

1 0

211

Readings Chapter 4: Flow of Incompressible Fluid in pipelines (pages 87 - 115) 3


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Pump Pipeline System

Pump - pipeline system analysis and design

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 6: Pump- pipeline system analysis and design (pages 145 - 164) 3


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Pipe Network Analysis

Pipe Network analysis using the Hardy cross method and the Linear Theory Method .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 116 - 140) 3


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3


212


Week 11: Surge Tank

The principle of transient pressure/surge pressure in an incompressible fluid in a

pipeline/valve system: Variation of flow in Surge Tank: unsteady compressible flow in

a rigid pipeline: unsteady compressible flow in an elastic pipeline.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 6, Pressure surge in pipelines(pages 185-201) 3



Chapter 12: Mass oscillations and pressure transient in pipeline (pages 298 -315) 3


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3



Week 12: Hydraulic Structures

Descriptive treatment of Dams: Spillways, Stilling basins, Gates, Weirs, Headworks,

Hydraulic Analysis of pipe and box culvert, venturi flume and weir.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 15 Hydraulic structures (pages 361 - 380) 4


ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4


Solving Problems 3


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 13: Wave Theory

213

Wave motion, linear wave theory, surf zone processes ,wave prediction from wind records

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 8 Wave Theory (pages 216 -274) 4




Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 14: Dimensional Analysis and Theory of Physical Model Dimensional analysis using indicial method, Pi Buckingham theorem and Matrix method, Hydraulic model.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter11 : Dimensional analysis and theory of physical models(pages371 -397) Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4 Revision of lecture notes 7

Solving Problems 5



4.0 Assessment


Assignment

Class Tests 25% 50%

Computer Programme Exercises 25% 50%


214

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:



Computer Exercise 1 Week 3 - 7 10%

i) Computer program( using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for an explicit numerical solution of the

St. Venant equations


ii) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the preparation of tailwater

rating curve of a vertical sluice gate of an irrigation scheme


iii) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the numerical solution

of pipeline network analysis using Linearization method


iv) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the numerical solution

of variation of velocity and water level in a Surge Tank



(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50%

(ie. 50/100) in the final examination.



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0


215










P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0













216



217

LECTURER: TBA


BEC610 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Title: ODEs & Numerical Analysis Credit Points 14

LECTURES: Students are to attend 2x2 hours of lectures per week.


LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Labs per week.




E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or Class shares. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.


Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 14

Field Trip(s) 0





1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

1.1 Course Description Numerical Analysis plays an indispensable role in solving real life mathematical, physical and engineering problems. Numerical computations have been in use for centuries even before digital computers appeared on the scene. Great Mathematicians like Gauss, Newton, Lagrange, Fourier and many others developed numerical techniques. Numerical analysis is an approach to solving complex mathematical problems using simple approximating operations and carrying out an analysis on the resulting errors. Major topics in numerical analysis include interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration.

218



1.2.1 Evaluate first order ODEs

1.2.2 Evaluate second order ODEs

1.2.3 Apply Numeric methods for solving equations using MATLAB

1.2.4 Evaluate using various techniques of numerical integration.

1.2.5 Solving linear systems of equations

1.2.6 Apply numeric methods for fitting straight lines or parabolas and for matrix eigen value problems 1.2.7 Apply basic methods for numeric solution of ODEs

1.2.8 Apply basic methods for numeric solution of PDEs.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition

2.2 Supplementary Materials Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

2.3 Class Shares



Week 1: First Order Ordinary Differential Equations

1. Basic Concepts : Modelling

2. Initial Value Problems

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 2


219


Week 2: First Order Ordinary Differential Equations (continued)

1. Direction Fields

2. Separable ODE's modeling

3. Exact ODE's : Integrating Factors

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 3: First Order Ordinary Differential Equations (Continued)

1. Linear ODE's : Bernoulli's Equation

2. Population Dynamics

3. Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2


220


Week 4: Second Order Ordinary Differential Equations

1. Homogeneous linear ODE's of second order

2. Homogeneous linear ODE's with Constant coefficients

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Second Order Ordinary Differential Equations (continued)

1. Modelling: Free Oscillations (Mass - Spring System)

2. Euler - Cauchy Equations

3. Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



221

Week 6: Second Order Ordinary Differential Equations (continued)

1. Non - Homogeneous ODE's

2. Modeling: Forced Oscillations, Resonance

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Numerics in General

1. Solution of Equations by Iteration

2. Interpolation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Numerics in General (continued)

222

1. Spline Interpolation

2. Numeric Integration

3. Numeric Differentiation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 9: Numeric Linear Algebra

1. Linear Systems: Gauss Elimination

2. Linear Systems: LU- Factorization, Matrix Inversion

3. Linear Systems: Solution by Iteration

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2


223


Week 10: Numeric Linear Algebra (continued)

1. Linear Systems: ill conditioning, Norms

2. Least Squares Method

3. Inclusion of Matrix Eigen values

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 11: Numeric Linear Algebra (continued)

1. Power method for Eigen values

2. Tridiagonalization and QR- Factorization

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0

Readings: Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 20 pages 872 - 882 )

3


Solving Problems 2



224

Week 12: Numerics for ODEs and PDEs

1. Methods for First Order ODEs

2. Multi step Methods

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


3


Solving Problems 2



Week 13: Numerics for ODEs and PDEs (continued)

1. Methods for systems and Higher order ODEs

2. Methods for Elliptic PDEs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 2



225

Week 14: Numerics for ODEs and PDEs (continued)

1. Methods for Parabolic PDEs

2. Methods for Hyperbolic PDEs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip(s) 0


2


Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 5%

50% Class Exercises/Quizes 10%

Short Tests 35%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:







Quiz-1 Week 3 5%

Quiz-2 Week 11 5%

226

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs/workshops. The following grading system will be used:

Letter Grade Scale:


A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0






0




AEG Aegrotat Pass 0


P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0



227

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to get redress of their grievance. Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.





1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service. 2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding proper citation. 3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source‟s words or ideas without proper citation.



228

LECTURER: TBA


BEC701 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design & Analysis of Credit Points 14

Timber Structures



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Structural Mechanics for Engineers (BEC605)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares.


Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips

12





1.0 Welcome



To introduce to the students the necessary knowledge for the design of timber structures.



1.2.1. Abstract information from codes of practice as required for the design process.

1.2.2. Make appropriate use of structural design codes of New Zealand or Australia.

229

1.2.3. Describe the basic methods of design used in the Design Codes.

1.2.4. Discuss the load types and indicate reasonable value range for each.

1.2.5. Explore different loading combinations and determine worst load conditions. 1.2.6. Apply the ultimate limit design method to a simple timber structure.

1.2.7. Comment on the relationship between design methodology and serviceability.

1.2.8. Estimate wind loading on a structure in Fiji in accordande with New Zealand or

Australian Standards.

1.2.9. Calculate design live loads in accordance with the appropriate code of practice.

1.2.10. List the timber characteristics and correctly identify the characteristics of a timber sample.

1.2.11. Select an appropriate grade of timber required for a given duty.

1.2.12. Provide designs for common structural elements made of timber.

1.2.13. Analyse the elements and use the results to suggest suitable sizes for the members.

1.2.14. Analyse tension and compression members, design stringers and struts.

1.2.15. Analyse transversely loaded members; design cantilever and simply supported beams.

1.2.16. Describe the various methods for connecting members of a timber frame.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan, New Zealand Timber Industry Federation, Inc., 2007


2.2.1. Code of Practice for Light Timber Buildings not requiring specific design

2.2.2. Fiji National Building Code

2.2.3. Australian and New Zealand Standards

2.3 Class Shares

3.0 Course Content and Reading References Week 1: Introduction

Review of the Design Timber Standard (NZS 4203 and 3603 and AS3600:2003), Serviceability and Ultimate Limit State.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

230

Sections 1.5 to 1.10, pages 270-280 of AS3600:2003 HB2.2-2003, and Section 5.4.3, page 66 of NZS 4203:1992

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 2: Wind Load

Wind Load analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Sections 2.1 to 3.4.7, pages 9-28 of AS1170.2:1989 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Wind Load (Continued)

Wind Load analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Sections 3.4.8 to 4.4.6 of AS1170.2:1989 3


Solving Problems 3



231

Week 4: Floor Framing Plan

Computation of Dead Load and Live Load

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Sections 3.1.1 to 3.4.2.1, pages 25 - 29 of NZS 4203.2:1992 1


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Floor Framing Plan (Continued)

Designing of the floor framing plan of a two (2) storey residential house.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip 6 Readings:

Chapter 16 (pages 191-197) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Investigation of the Structural Stability

Structural Design of transversely loaded elements. The design included the determination of Flexural Strength, Vertical Shear Strength, End Bearing Strength Strength, Actual Defelction of the beam (Beam Design includes Floor Joist and Bearer).

No of Lectures 4

232

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 10 (pages 101-110), 11 (pages 117-123) and 16 (pages 191-197)of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan

1

Sections 2.1.1 to 2.4.7 (pages 281-298) of AS3600:2003 Design Properties of Structural Timber Elements

2

Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.8 (pages 299-307) of AS3600:2003 Beam Design 1


Solving Problems 1



Week 7: Trusses

Structural Design Analysis of Timber trusses by Graphical and Analytical solution.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip 6

Readings:



Solving Problems 3



Week 8: Columns

Structural Design of Compression Members: Axially loaded columns.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

233


Sections 3.3 to 3.6.2 (pages 307-313) of AS3600:2003 2


Solving Problems 1



Week 9: Columns (Continued)

Structural Design of eccentrically loaded column , in one direction and in both directions.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 12 (pages 137-141) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 1

Sections 3.3 to 3.6.2 (pages 307-313) of AS3600:2003 1


Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Stresses in Inclined Plane

The Hankinson formulas for inclined stress in jointed connection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Sections 4.4.1 to 4.4.6 (pages 331-344) of AS3600:2003 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 11: Top Chord

234

Structural Design of Top Chord of a Timber truss, Pure Compression Member or Compression Member

combined with bending.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Sections 10 (pages 87-115), and 11 (pages 117-122) of The Code of Practice for Light Timber Buildings 3

not Requiring Specific Design


Sections 3.5 to 3.6 (pages 39-40) of NZS3603:1993 1


Solving Problems 1



Week 12: Bottom Chord

Structural Design of Bottom Chord of a Timber Truss.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


Sections 3.4 to 3.6 (pages 39 - 40) of NZS3603:1993


Solving Problems 2



Week 13: Purlins

Design of Timber Roof Purlins.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


235

0 Readings: Chapters 10, 11 , 15 (pages 181-189) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 1

Sections 2.1.1 to 2.4.7 (pages 281-298) of AS3600:2003 Design Properties of Structural Timber Elements

1

Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.8 (pages 299-307) of AS3600:2003 Beam Design 1


Solving Problems 1



Week 14: Purlins (Continued)

Design of Timber Roof Purlins.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 10, 11 , 15 (pages 181-189) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 3


Solving Problems 1



4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting

Minimum

Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 35% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:


Assessment Date Weigh

ting

236








A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

237

Dissatisfaction with Assessment The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic matters.












238

LECTURER: TBA


BEC702 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design & Analysis of Credit Points 14

Steel Structures



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A







Contact Hours 82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips

12





1.0 Welcome



To introduce to students the design construction and use of hot rolled and cold formed structural

steel as an alternative construction materials in design and construction of vertical structures ,

like completion of structural design leading to the construction of residential houses and buildings.

239


Upon completion of this paper, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Explain the general principles of structural steel design;

1.2.2. Explain the chemical composition of structural steel as a construction materials 1.2.3. Describe the basic methods of design used in the Design Codes (Australia or

New Zealand Standard).

1.2.4. Discuss the load types and indicate reasonable value range for each loading.

and explore different loading combinations to determine worse load conditions.

1.2.5. Apply the principle of Limit state design principle to a simple structure.

1.2.6. Explain the methods of structural analysis of steel structures.

1.2.7. Design structural steel members subject to bending

1.2.8. Design structural steel members subject to axial compression.

1.2.9. Design structural steel members subject to axial tension

1.2.10. Design structural steel members subject to combined actions.

1.2.11. Design a suitable steel connection for a particular duty using either bolts or welds.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Design of steel structures , 2nd Edition by Boris Presler, T.Y. Lin and John B. Scalzi

2.1.2.Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and D.R. Plum, ISBN 0 -582 23088 -8

2.1.3. Australian Standard 3600 (HB 2.2 - 2003)


2.2.1. Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit state Theory) by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and

Sing-Ping Chiew ISBN 0 7506 59122

2.2.2.Steel Designers' Manual 6th Edition, The Steel Construction Institute , Edited by Buick Davison and

Graham Owens Blackwell Science

2.2.3. Fiji National Building Code

2.2.4. Australian and New Zealand Standards

2.2.5. Structural Steel Design 5th Edition by Jack C. McCormac

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Steel as Construction Materials

General principles of structural steel design ; which includes classification of steel

structures, connections, fabrication, erection, fire proofing, corrosion protection,

240

safety of structures and structural failures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 1 pages 1-26 , Textbook - Design of Steel Structures by Boris Bresler, T.Y. Lin & John B. Scalzi

3


Solving Problems 1



Week 2: Properties of Steel

Materials of structural steel and brittle fracture and fatigue; mechanical properties, effect of

temperature, light gauge steel, wires and cables castings,bolt steel filler metal for welding.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings:

Chapter 2 and Chapter 3 , pages 32 - 77 , Textbook - Design of Steel Structures by Boris Bresler, T.Y. Lin & John B. Scalzi

3


Solving Problems 2



Week 3: Theory of Beam Design Using Structural Steel

Structural steel beams in building, including design of members subject to bending ( with full

lateral restraint and beams without full lateral restraint)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


241

0 Readings:

Section 5, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 173 - 201 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 4: Procedural Step of Structural Steel Beam Design

Structural Design of transversely loaded elements. The design includes the determination of

Flexural strength (Nominal Section Capacity) , Vertical Shear Strength (Nominal Web Member

Capacity), beam crippling and finding actual beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Section 5, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 173 to 201 4


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Portal Frame

Elastic Design, plastic design, serviceability check for eaves deflection

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 9 , Portal Frames , page 246 - 282 , Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit State Theory) 3

by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and Sing -Ping Chiew, ISBN 0 7506 59122


Solving Problems 2


242


Week 6: Pure Compression Member

Structural Design of pure compression members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Section 6, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 202 to 211 2


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Pure Tension Members

Structural Design of pure tension members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip 6 Readings: Section 7, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 212 to 214 2


Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Beams Subject to Combined Action

Structural Design of steel members subject to combined action

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

243


0 Readings:

Section 8, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 215 to 221 2


Solving Problems 2



Week 9: Connections

Connections and details of structural steel members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip Readings:

Section 9, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 223 to 242 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 10:Erection and Fabrication

Erection and Fabrication of different parts of structural steel building

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Section 14 and 15, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 243 to 258 3


Solving Problems 2



244

Week 11: Crane Girders

Analysis and design of Crane Girders

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5 , pages 52 - 64 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and D.R. Plum

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Construction of Portal Frame

Single storey building - Portal Frame construction

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 13 , pages 226 - 279 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and D.R. Plum

3


Solving Problems 2



Week 13: Construction of Portal Frame (Continued)

Single storey building - Portal Frame construction

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

245


0 Readings: Chapter 13 , pages 226 - 279 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and D.R. Plum

3


Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Steelwork Detailing

Drawings, general recommendations, steel sections, bolts welds trusses and lattice girders

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 12 , Sttelwork detailing, page338-349 , Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit State Theory)

2

by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and Sing -Ping Chiew, ISBN 0 7506 59122


Solving Problems 3



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Workshops N/A


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:


246









A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

247















248

LECTURER: TBA


BEC703 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Geotechnical Engineering Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Geomechanics (BEC603)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips

12







The unit deals the importance of soil exploration in determining the properties and behaviour

of soil subjected to self weight and external load of vertical engineering structure. It also includes

design and analysis of bearing capacity of soil foundation, lateral earth pressure exerted by soil

on retaining walls, design and analysis of cantilever and anchored sheet pile wall, axial capacity of

single pile and group of piles used as foundation, and bearing capacity of rock foundation.

249



1.2.1. Calculate shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soil (graphical and analytical solution).

1.2.2. Analyze bearing capacity of shallow foundation using Terzaghi principle.

1.2.3. Analyze bearing capacity of shallow foundation using Meyerhof principle.

1.2.4. Calculate lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Rankine Theory.

1.2.5. Calculate lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Coulomb Wedge Theory.

1.2.6. Design and proportioning of concrete retaining Walls.

1.2.7. Design a Cantilevered Sheet Pile Wall.

1.2.8. Design an Anchored Sheet Pile Wall.

1.2.9. Analyze slope stability of road embankment by Swedish/ordinary method of slices.

1.2.10. Analyze slope stability of road embankment by Bishop's simplified method of slices.

1.2.11. Pile Driving formulas; Engineering News formula and Danish formula

1.2.12. Calculate axial capacity of single pile and group of piles foundations.

1.2.13. Calculate bearing capacity of rock foundations.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das, 6th Edition, ISBN-13: 978 - 0 - 495 - 08246 - 0


2.2.1. Foundation Design by Wayne C. Teng; ISBN-0-87692-033

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Sub Surface Exploration Purpose and importance of subsurface exploration; preparation of boring logs.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 2, pages 60 - 120 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 5


250

Solving Problems 0



Week 2: Shear Strength of Soil Shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soil (graphical and analytical solution).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 1, Section 1.15 -Section 1.19 pages 43 - 53 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Terzaghi's Bearing Capacity Theory

Shallow foundations: Ultimate Bearing Capacity using Terzaghi's bearing capacity theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 3, Section 3.1 - Section 3.5 pages 121 - 130 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition

2

Revision of lecture notes 4 Solving Problems 3 Preparation of Practical Reports 0


Week 4: Meyerhof's Bearing Capacity Theory

Shallow foundations: Ultimate Bearing Capacity using Meyerhof's bearing capacity theory.

No of Lectures 4

251

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 3, Section 3.6 - Section 3.9 pages 131 - 140 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Rankine Theory

Calculation of Lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Rankine Theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 7, pages 308 - 352;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 4


Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Coulomb Wedge Theory

Calculation of lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Coulomb Wedge Theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip 6 Readings: Chapter 7, pages 308 - 352;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 2 Revision of lecture notes 3 Solving Problems 3 Preparation of Practical Reports 0


252

Week 7: Retaining Wall

Proportioning and structural stability of retaining walls.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 8, pages 353 - 407;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 4


Solving Problems 3



Week 8: Cantilevered Sheet Pile Wall

Design and analysis of Cantilevered Sheet Pile Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1




Solving Problems 2



Week 9: Anchored Sheet Pile Wall

Design and analysis of Anchored Sheet Pile Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc

0

Field Trip



Solving Problems 3

253



Week 10: Slope Stability of Road Embankment

Analysis of slope stability by Swedish/ordinary method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings Chapter 9, Stability of slopes (pages366 -370), Textbook: Soil Mechanics, 5th Edition by R.F. Craig 1


Solving Problems 2



Week 11: Slope Stability of Road Embankment (Continued)

Analysis of slope stability by Bishop's simplified method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Slope stability - Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki , slope stability 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Foundation on Piles

Pile Driving formulas ,axial capacity of single Pile foundations and Group Piles

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

254

Readings: Pile Driving formulas - Section 11.19, Chapter 11, pages 562 - 568 , Principles of Foundation 1

Engineering by Braja M. Das, 6th Edition

Single Pile - Section 11.6 , pages 509 - 561, Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 4

Group Piles - Section 11.22 ,pages 573 -581, Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 1


Solving Problems 1



Week 13: Applications of Rock Mechanics to Foundation Engineering

Rock foundations, stresses and deflections in rock under footings, deep foundations in rock,

subsiding and swelling rocks.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 9 (pqges341 -383) 4

Introduction to Rock Mechanics 2nd Edition by Richard Goodman ISBN 0-471 -81200-5


Solving Problems 2



Week 14: Applications of Rock Mechanics to Foundation Engineering (Continued)

Allowable bearing pressures on footings on rock.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 9 (pqges341 -383) 2

Introduction to Rock Mechanics 2nd Edition by Richard Goodman ISBN 0-471 -81200-5


Solving Problems 2



255

4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:














A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0



256









P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0














257

LECTURER: TBA


BEC704 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Hydrology Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A







Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce to you the scientific principles of determining the flood design discharge

of rivers for purposes of water engineering structures design.


To introduce to the students the scientific principles of calculating design discharge "Q" of a river for

design purposes of water engineering structures ( i.e, dam, spillway, culverts bridges and others).


Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

258

1.2.1. Explain the Hydrologic cycle; uses of engineering hydrology; surface runoff, flood hydrology and catchment

scale; basic hydrologic principles, precipitation, temporal and spatial variation of precipitation and storm analysis 1.2.2. Explain the composition of the atmosphere; vertical divisions of the atmosphere; heat exchange

processes in the atmosphere; air temperature; atmospheric pressure.

1.2.3. Explain the meaning of Hydrologic abstractions and estimate the amount of infiltration , evapotranspiration,

and percolation capacity of soil.

1.2.4. Explain the hydrologic instruments used in measurement of precipitation, evaporation and

evapotranspiration, infiltration and soil moisture measurements

1.2.5. Determine design dischage of a river using Log Pearson III probabilistic analysis (Annual series &

partial series) based on Australian Rainfall and Runoff, Volume 1 and Volume 2.

1.2.6. Determine design dischage of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method using the Intensity Frequency

Duration Curve (IFD Curve) for a return period of 1,2,5,10,20,50 or 100 years .

1.2.7. Determine design dischage of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method using the Unit hydrograph.

1.2.8. The Unit Hydrograph method of estimating design discharge of a river

1.2.9. Determine design dischage of a river using runoff routing equation.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Engineering Hydrology by Victor Miguel Ponce

2.1.2 Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 and Volume 2

2.1.3 Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer Jr.

ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5

2.1.4 Manual of Meterology, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Bureau of Meteorology, Australia


2.2.1 Hydrology and the Management of Watersheds by Kenneth B rooks, Peter F. Ffolliot, Hans M. Gregersen and

Leonard F. Debano, ISBN 0-8138 - 2985 -2

2.2.2 Holman J.P. Heat Transfer, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

2.2.3 Incropera F.P. & De Witt D.P. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 5th Ed. Wiley, 2001

2.2.4 Sayers A. Fluid Mechanics 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002

2.2.5 Engineering Hydrology by E.M. Wilson ISBN 333-17443-7

2.2.6 Applied Hydrology by Ven Te Chow, David R. Maidment & Larry W. Mays, McGraw-Hill Book Company,

ISBN 0-07-100174-4

2.3 Class Shares


259

Week 1:Introduction

Definition of Hydrology and engineering hydrology; the Hydrologic cycle; uses of engineering hydrology;

surface runoff, flood hydrology and catchment scale; basic hydrologic principles, precipitation, temporal

and spatial variation of precipitation and storm analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapters 1 & 2 (pages 1- 32), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4


Solving Problems 2



Week 2: Atmosphere

The composition of the atmosphere; vertical divisions of the atmosphere; heat exchange processes in the

atmosphere; air temperature; atmospheric pressure

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 1 to 5(pages 1 - 18), Manual of Meterology, Department of the Environment and Heritage, 7

Bureau of Meteorology, Australia


Solving Problems 0



Week 3: Basic Hydrologic Principles

Hydrologic abstractions ; infiltration formulas and indexes ,evaporation, percolation, evapotranspiration

catchment properties and surface runoff, stream types and baseflow and river stages.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

260


0 Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 33 - 76), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4


Solving Problems 2



Week 4: Basic Hydrologic principles (Continued)

Flow rating curves; their determination, adjustment and extension; duration of run off; catchments

characteristics and their effects on run off, climatic factors, rainfall, run off correlation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 4



Week 5: Hydrologic Measurements

Explain the hydrologic instruments used in measurement of precipitation, evaporation and

evapotranspiration, infiltration and soil moisture measurements

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 94 - 114) , Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 3


Solving Problems 4



261

Week 6: Frequency Analysis

Determination of design discharge of a river using Log Pearson III Probabilistic Analysis

(Annual series and partial series) for an Annual Exceedance Probability (design period) of 1,2 5, 10 ,20,50 and 100

years; Treatment of flood outliers based on Australian standard (ARR Vol 1 and Vol 2).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 6 (pages 217 - 223), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 1

Section 2, Book 4 ( pages 25 -page 64) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 5


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Hydrology of Small Catchments

Hydrology of small catchments : determination of design discharge of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method

or deterministic method using the Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) curve.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:


Section 1.3.2, Book 4 ( pages 3 - 21) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Hydrology of Midsize Catchments

Hydrology of midsize catchments; determination of design discharge of a river using unit hydrograph analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


262

0 Readings: Section 5.2 Chapter 5 (pages 167-189), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices

by Victor Miguel Ponce 3



Solving Problems 2



Week 9: Hydrology of Midsize Catchments (Continued)

Continuation of determination of design discharge of a river using unit hydrograph analysis including change of

unit hydrograph by method of superposition, S-Hydrograph Method. Derivation of composite flood hydrograph

based on unit hydrograph using Hydrograph convolution

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Section 5.2 Chapter 5 (pages 167 - 189), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by

Victor Miguel Ponce 2



Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Reservoir Routing

Determination of design discharge of a river using runoff routing equation(Puls Equation).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 8 (pages 252 - 301), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4

Section 1, Book 5 ( pages 1-page 24) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 3


Solving Problems 2


263


Week 11: Reservoir Routing (continued)

Determination of design discharge of a river through a channel using Level Pool routing

equation and by Muskingum routing equation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


Section 1, Book 5 ( pages 1-page 24) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 12: Ground Water Hydrology

Ground Water : Introduction, basic concept, storage and movement of Groundwater

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5, pages 107 - 150 : Hydrology and the Management of Watersheds by Kenneth B rooks, 4

Peter F. Ffolliot, Hans M. Gregersen and Leonard F. Debano, ISBN 0-8138 - 2985 -2


Solving Problems 3


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 13: Ground Water Hydrology

Analysis of hydraulic conductivity of multiple bores for confined & unconfined aquifer

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

264

Chapter 4 (pages 126 - 131)Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J.

Hammer Jr., ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5


Solving Problems 4



Week 14: Ground Water Hydrology (continued)

Analysis of hydraulic conductivity of multiple bores for confined & unconfined aquifer

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 4 (pages 126 - 131)Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer Jr., ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5 Revision of lecture notes 12

Solving Problems 0



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 25%

Class Tests 25% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:




i) Computer Exercises - Preparation of flood frequency analysis(Annual series and partial series), using

Log Pearson 3 Probabilistic Analysis using stream flow record of a river with at least 50 years of record


ii) Computer Exercises - Preparation of Intensity Frequency Duration Curve , using ARR Volume 1 and Volume 2

265

iii) Computer exercises - Calculation of Design Discharge of a river with a return period of 1,2,5,10,20,50 and 100 years

Assignment No.3 Week 13 10%

iv) Computer exercises : Calculation of design discharge of a river using Runoff routing method(Puls equation,

Muskingum Method and level pool routing method






A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

266















267

LECTURER:

TBA


BEC705 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Reinforced Concrete Structures Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A







Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0







To introduce to the students the theoretical principles and theories of design of reinforced

concrete structures, which includes strength design principles of reinforced concrete beams,

suspended floor slab and concrete column using the design criteria of AS3600. It also

encompasses the study of theories and principle of design of prestressed concrete beams

and slabs.

268



1.2.1. Have a broad knowledge of reinforced concrete design principles and theories and the proper

construction materials specifications of reinforced to construct a durable reinforced concrete structures. 1.2.2. Describe standard test for determining the compressive strength of concrete (fc') and

workability of fresh concrete in the form.

1.2.3. Describe the determination of concrete steel cover based on durability, exposure

classifications and fire resistance capacity of concrete structures.

1.2.4. Design and investigate the strength capacity of reinforced concrete rectangular beams,

T Beams , L - beams , continuous beams whether singly or doubly reinforced .

1.2.5. Design a rectangular concrete beam based on the combined effect of shear, bending moment and torsion.

1.2.6. Design a suspended reinforced concrete slab whether one way, two way or a flat slab or a flat plate slab.

1.2.7. Design a short & slender reinforced concrete column.

1.2.8. Design a prestressed reinforced concrete beam and floor slab.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes, ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.1.2. Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete Structures,

R.J. Warner, S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick, ISBN 978 0 7339 8869 1

2.1.3. Australian Standards on Concrete Structures AS 3600, New Zealand Standards on Concrete Structures

2.1.4.New Zealand Standards on Concrete Structures, NZS 3101


2.2.1 Reinforced Concrete Structures , Analysis and Design by David Fanella

ISBN 978 -0-07 -163834 -0

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Concrete an Overview Reinforced concrete, an overview: cement and concrete, reinforcing steel bars load paths, prestressed

concrete and structural concrete, construction methods, loads and actions, example of layout of a

reinforced concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

269


Readings: Chapter 1, (pages 1 - 27) Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete 4

Structures, R.J. Warner , S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick


Solving Problems 2



Week 2: Concrete Technology Methods of analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 2, (pages 29 - 58) Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete 3

Structures, R.J. Warner , S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Reinforced Concrete Beams

Reinforced concrete beams in bending: behaviour in flexure, analysis of flexural behaviour, Elastic Analysis of cracked sections, moment curvature relations at overload , failure criteria , effect of sustained load;

creep and shrinkage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5 ( pages 79 - 110)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 4


Solving Problems 3


270


Week 4: Moment Capacity of Reinforced Concrete Beams

Moment capacity of reinforced concrete beams: Concrete compressive stress block, Rectangular stress block,

balanced section, moment capacity for beams with compressive reinforcement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 7 ( pages 150 - 166)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Strength and Ductility

Strength and ductility of reinforced concrete beams: proportioning a section for strength and ductility

proportioning of doubly reinforced beams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 7( pages 166 - 175)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 2


Solving Problems 4



Week 6: Design of Statically Determinate Beams

Design of statically determinate beams: Design steps for non prestressed beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


271

0 Readings: Chapter 15 ( pages 441 - 445)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 7: Continuous Beams

Design of continuous beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 16 (pages 474 - 479)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 8: Effect of Torsion in Beam Design

Design of reinforced concrete beams ( combined bending , shear and torsion - design according to AS3600.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 13 (page 356 - page 377)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Suspended Floor Slabs

Slabs and Floor system Methods of analysis for slabs and floor system, design of reinforced concrete slab

and floor system( one way slab, two slab , flat slab, flat plate slab)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

272


Readings: Chapters 17,18,19 (pages 517 - 551) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 4


Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Concrete Columns

Concrete Columns : Strength and design of short columns, slenderness effects in isolated colums and

building frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 22 (pages 664 - 700) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5


Solving Problems 2



Week 11: Concrete Columns (continued)

Concrete Columns : slenderness effects in isolated columns and building frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 23 (pages 707 - 747) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Prestressed Beams

Flexure in beams with prestressed: effect of prestressed on beam behaviour, behaviour of uncracked beam

Equivalent load concept, load balancing, post cracking behaviour in flexure.

273

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 6 (pages 112 - 142) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5


Solving Problems 3



Week 13: Prestressed Beams (Continued)

Design of prestressed beams according to AS3600

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1




Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Prestressed Beams (continued)

Design of prestressed slab according to AS3600

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 4



274

Note: Design of reinforced member shall be done using AS3600.

4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:




Complete design of continuous beam ( load analysis, proportioning of size of the beam using maximum moment,

shear analysis, check beam deflections, structural details showing bar details at each span of the beam


Complete design of two way slab, column, and prestressed beam






A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0


275










P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0















276

LECTURER: TBA


BEC706 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Foundation Engineering Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Structural Mechanics for Engineers (BEN605)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0







The aim of the unit is to teach the students the design principle of proportioning and designing

different kinds of foundation structures used to carry the structural loads of vertical engineering

structures. The syllabus includes the design of block wall footing, independent square pad footing ,

rectangular and combined footings, continuous footing, mat foundation, footing on piles and

concrete design analysis of gravity retaining wall.



277

1.2.1. Perform design analysis and calculation of block wall footing;

1.2.2. Design and proportion square, rectangular and circular spread/pad footing;

1.2.3. Design and proportion combined footing;

1.2.4. Design and proportion continuous footing; 1.2.5. Design footing on piles;

1.2.6. Analyze and design Raft/Mat foundations

1.2.7. Design and proportion concrete gravity retaining wall.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella

2.1.2. Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes, ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.1.3. Design standard AS 3600 , 2003


2.2.1 Principle of Foundation Engineering, 5th Edition by Braja M. Das ISBN -534-40752-8

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Foundations Different kinds of shallow foundations and deep foundations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 10, ( pages 521 - 528) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1

Chapter 28(pages 844 - 846)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1


Solving Problems 2



Week 2: Design Strength Parameters of Foundations

Concrete cover, spacing of reinforcing steel bars , compressive strength of concrete.

No of Lectures 4

278

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Section 3 (pages 632 -658) AS300-2003 Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Allowable Bearing Capacity of Soil Foundation

Loads and reactions, sizing the base area, soil pressure distribution, general design procedure

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 10, ( pages 528 - 534 Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1



Solving Problems 2



Week 4: Strip Footing

Design of strip footing (Block wall footing)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 28 (pages 853 - 854) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes

5 Revision of lecture notes

Solving Problems 4



Week 5: Isolated Square Footing

Design analysis of isolated column square footing (eccentrically loaded).

279

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1




Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Rectangular Footing

Design analysis of isolated column rectangular footing (eccentrically loaded).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:


Supplemental Lecture notes on design of rectangular footing using AS3600 shall be provided by the unit lecturer.


Solving Problems 4



Week 7: Circular Footing

Design analysis of isolated column circular footing (eccentrically loaded).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1



Supplemental Lecture notes on design of circular footing using AS3600 shall be provided by the unit lecturer. Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4


280


Week 8: Combined Rectangular Footing

Design analysis of Combined rectangular combined footing (axially loaded and eccentrically loaded)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 10, ( pages 533 - 551) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 3

Chapter 28 (pages 854 - 858)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1


Solving Problems 0



Week 9: Combined Trapezoidal Footing

Design analysis of Combined Trapezoidal footing(eccentrically loaded)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0 Readings: Chapter 10, ( pages 533 - 551) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 2

Chapter 28 (pages 854 - 858)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of combined trapezoidal footing using AS3600 shall be provided by the unit Lecturer.


Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Footing on Piles

Design analysis of footing on piles

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

281

Chapter 10, ( pages 587 - 596) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 11: Mat Foundation

Design analysis of mat/raft foundations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 10, (pages 578- 587) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 12: Retaining Wall

Design analysis of concrete cantilever retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:



Solving Problems 3



Week 13: Counterfort Retaining Wall

Design analysis of concrete counterfort retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

282


Supplemental Lecture notes on design of concrete counterfort retaining wall shall be provided by the unit lecturer.

2


Solving Problems 4



Week 14: Counterfort Retaining Wall (continued)

Design analysis of concrete counterfort retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1



Supplemental Lecture notes on design of concrete counterfort retaining wall shall be provided by the unit lecturer.


Solving Problems 4



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:




Complete design of isolated footing, combined footings, footing on piles, mat foundation


283

Complete design of concrete cantilever retaining wall and counterfort wall






A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



284













285

LECTURER: TBA


BEC707 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Civil Measurement & Tendering Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Design & Analysis of Steel Structures (BEC702)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



To prepare the students the necessary knowledge and determination of the quantity of

construction materials, unit costing and preparation of tender of contrat works.



1.2.1. Describe the standard methods of measurement of civil engineering works.

286

1.2.2. Discuss the processes and requirements of internationally accepted engineering standards of

civil measurements.

1.2.3. Discuss the purpose of the schedule of quantities of civil engineering works.

1.2.4. Name, define and describe the various trades as featured in the schedule of quantities of

civil engineering works, methods of schedule preparation, identification of working sections. 1.2.5. Describe the standard layout (format) for schedules of quantities.

1.2.6. Discuss the order of taking off quantities.

1.2.7. Explain the need for uniformity in measurement and the number of units involved, how to

handle "extra over" items and miscellaneous items such as query sheets preamble.

1.2.8. To measure earthworks, concrete works, reinforcing steel, structural steel, block work,

masonry, tanking, piling, roads and paving, pipeworks, shafts and tunnels.

1.2.9. To prepare and check tender documents, fluctuation cost, pre tender planning, liaison,

construction method, site layout, program and organization.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden 2.1.2. Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

2.1.3. New Zealand Standard, Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities,

NZS 4224:1983 2.1.4. Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

2.1.5. New Zealand Standard, Standard method of measurement of building works, NZS 4202:1995


2.2.1. The Quantity Surveyors Handbook, New Zealand Institute of Quantity Surveyors, NZ,

Hall D. Elements of Estimating

2.2.2. Puerifoy R., Estimating & Cost Contract.

2.2.3. Wood R. Rd. Wood on Principles of Estimating.

2.2.4. Rawlinson's Price Guide.

2.2.5. Fiji Standard Form of Building Contract (without quantities)

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Measurement and Procedures

287

Description of the standard methods of measurement of civil engineering works: Discussion of the processes

and requirements of internationally accepted engineering standards of civil measurements.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: The Measurement Process, (pages 11 - 19) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden

2


Solving Problems 4



Week 2: Civil Measurement

Discussion of the purpose of the schedules of quantities of civil engineering works: Names, definitions

and descriptions of the various trades as featured in the schedule of quantities of civil engineering works:

Methods of schedule preparation: Identification of working sections: The standard layout (format) for

schedules of quantities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Scope and General, pages 7 - 10, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities

1


Solving Problems 4



Week 3: Practical on Standards

Establishment of a uniform basis for measurement of work, discussion of elements of "good measurement

practice", Descriptions of work activities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

288

Preliminaries, pages 13 - 15, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities

1

1


Solving Problems 4



Week 4: Civil Trade Measurement

Review of rules of measurement:Important considerations when measuring works including accuracy,

precision, quantity and quality of work measured .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Bill of Quantities, (pages 5 - 10) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 5: Take off

Setting out of take off sheets including spacing items; use of waste columns: order of dimensions; grouping

of dimensions and deductions.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: The Billing Procedures, (pages 20 - 22) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden

1


Solving Problems 4



Week 6: Entering on the Take Off Paper

289

Discussion of the order of taking off of quantities: How to adjust for openings and voids; Order and form of

wording in description of work; review of the need for uniformity in measurement and the number of units

involved; how to handle "extra over" items. Miscellaneous items such as query sheets preambles;

prime cost (PC) items and provisional sums.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Section 38, NZS 4202 : 1995 Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 7: Earthworks

Measurement of earthworks, concrete works, reinforcing steel, structural steel, block work, masonry,

tanking, piling, roads and paving, pipeworks, shafts and tunnels.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Section 3-12, pages 16 - 63, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities

4


Solving Problems 3



Week 8: Bill of Quantities

Working on Bill of Quantities, summaries and cost analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

The Measurement Process, (pages 166 - 169) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden

1

290


Solving Problems 4



Week 9: Tender Documents

Preparation and checking tender documents, fluctuation, site visits, consultant visits, pre-tender planning,

liaison, construction method, site layout, programme, organization.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Estimating and Bill of Quantities, pages 248 - 268 , Textbook: Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

2


Solving Problems 4



Week 10: Comparing Element and Trade Estimating

Working on various elements involved in estimating: Cost elements. Materials element-Unit Cost,

quantities, unloading, storage and protection of material. Plant element-acquisition of plant, hire rates,

plant cost.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Trades Built up, pages 73 - 259; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

4


Solving Problems 0



Week 11: Bill of Labour

Labour element - statutory requirements, industrial agreements; Incentives and bonuses to workers.

291

Output standards, control of Contractor. Direct and Indirect unit rate.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Trades Built up, pages 16 - 43; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Tender Selection

Company Profile, their turnover, contracts executed financial background. Budget -

Overheads, contract finance, risk involved, profit, tender margin. Bond and project insurances.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Analogous Rates, pages 249 -249; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

2


Solving Problems 4



Week 13: Data Collection

Firm price addition, VAT, adjudication meeting. Summary, submission, price bills, reconciliation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Estimating and Tendering Process within contractor's organization, pages 10 - 36 , Textbook: Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

2


292

Solving Problems 4



Week 14: Data Collection (Continued)

Firm price addition, VAT, adjudication meeting. Summary, submission, price bills, reconciliation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Estimating and Tendering Process within contractor's organization, pages 10 - 36 , Textbook: Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

2


Solving Problems 2



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:








293



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0





294











295

LECTURER: TBA


BEC708 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design of Masonry Structures (Project) Credit Points 14

LECTURES: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours of lectures for 12 weeks of the semester.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial for 12 weeks of the semester.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A






Lectures 48

Tutorials 12

Project/Laboratory works to complete the project 38





1.0 Welcome



The aim of the unit is to expose the student to learn structural design and analysis of three (3) storey

reinforced concrete building. The design includes the preparation of one complete set of architectural,

structural, plumbing and electrical plans needed to construct a three storey concrete building.



296

1.2.1 Do the complete actual structural and architectural design of a three (3) storey reinforced concrete building.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

No text are required in this unit but the student will be guided by the unit lecturer on the proper

design steps and procedures to complete the design of a three storey building according to AS 3600.


Research materials

Appropriate Journal papers/Literature from Books/Reports/Standards/Conference proceedings 2.3 Class Shares

3.0 Guidelines of the Design Project

To be given by the Lecturer

3.1 Teaching/Learning Method

The unit is a full time class-based unit; it can be conducted 4 hours every lecture week with the unit lecturer supervising, encouraging and guiding the student using the individual tutorial

technique on the things that should be done to complete the design. In this teaching method the student is required to defend his structural design analysis pursuant to the internationally accepted Code of Engineering practice. The tutorial sessions will serve as an actual training for the students to experience the inter-personal relationships he will encounter in the construction industry. The series of tutorial sessions culminates in the design presentation which should be done in front of the Design Panel. The student should convince the Design Panel on the accuracy and structural reliability of his design analysis. To do this the student need not only to show the soundness of his solution but must also prove that his/her design analysis satisfy the requirement of Service Limit State and Strength Limit State of the Engineering Design Code he/she adopted. The student must also identify the beneficiaries of the proposed works. These beneficiaries may be private individuals, groups, or commercial enterprises or any government owned or controlled corporations. Whichever is the case the benefits must be clearly stated and the object of the benefit clearly identified.

3.2 Design Analysis Timetable

The Civil design practice is scheduled on year4 semester 2 of the programme, and the student might experience time constraint problem in completing the design. To overcome the time constraint problem, students who have been able to get employment in the industry/work attachment are encouraged to seek and discuss their design with their line manager/supervising engineer.

3.3 Scope of Design of Masonry Structures

297

Design of Three (3) Storey Reinforced Concrete Building (Ultimate Strength Design)

A. Academic Requirements for Presentation of Design Analysis

1. Nature of the Project: Three Storey Reinforced Concrete Bldg. 2. Purpose and Objective of the Design Project 3. List of Resource person, text books and references 4. Design Standard used 5. Clear pictures of the location of the project site 6. Structural design calculations:

a) Roof Beams

b) Columns

c) Suspended concrete floor slab

d) Foundations concrete footings 7. Architectural and structural plans:

a) Architectural Plans

i) Location Plan with perspective view of the Project

ii) Rear, Side and Front elevation of the project

b) Structural Plans

i) Roof Framing Plan showing truss connection details and truss diagrams,

roof beam layout with beam sections and bar details

ii) Floor Framing Plan showing beam layout with beam sections and bar details iii) Foundation Plan showing columns and footing layout with columns and footing details 8. Electrical Plans

298

9. Sanitary and Plumbing Layout

B. Structural Design Analysis and Sizing of Beams, Slabs and Columns The structural design analysis should be done using manual computation and not by the use of any software computer program. It is deemed important that the student learn first the manual and conventional means of computing deflection, moment, shear and torsion requirement before use of any software computer program. This will give him/her first hand information and sufficient theoretical knowledge needed in the mastery of structural analysis. Structural analysis and computation of reactions, shear and moment shall be done by Frame analysis using either the Moment Distribution, Slope Deflection Method or any elastic analysis learned by the students during his/her previous academic period. The results should be checked and compared with the result of the structural analysis by using computer software program.

1. Moment, shear and torsion - requirements

In the analysis of moment, shear and torsion, the building layout should

properly indicate the two main directions of the building as North- South and East-West (N-S and E-W).The building should be arranged on a regular grid of columns .The grid lines in the N-S direction should be labeled A, B, C, D and E and 1,2,3,4 and 5 in the E-W direction. The location of the stairwells, lifts, service shafts and toilets should also be properly indicated in the floor plan.

2. Material Properties - requirements

a) Appropriate concrete grade and steel cover for beams, slabs, columns and footings shall be done pursuant to durability and fire resistance requirement of the Service Limit State of the provisions of the Design Code adopted by the student.

b) Bar detailing requirement shall be based on the Design code adopted by the student.

c) Strength reduction factor for beam, slab and column shall be based from the

design Code adopted by the student.

d) Superimposed dead load and live load for beams and column shall be based on the

minimum requirement pursuant to the Design Code the students had adopted.

3. Method of analysis

299

Before designing the foundation footings, the student should gather complete information on shear strength parameters of the foundation soil for the whole building. This is necessary to determine the safe allowable bearing capacity of the foundation. The shear strength of the foundation shall determine whether the foundation will be designed as footings on pile, independent strip footings or as mat foundation.

The rectangular concrete beams, concrete column and foundation footings

shall be designed one by one. The section and reinforcing steel bar details shall be shown on the structural plans for each beam column and footing.

4.0. Oral Presentation

The student shall personally present his structural design project for marking purposes and physical oral presentation is a compulsory process. Failure of the student to present his work on the scheduled time or any time extension granted to him, shall be deemed as implied withdrawal from the unit and the student shall be required to re- enrol again the unit.

Two (2) Copies of the Design Project Report should be submitted, one for the copy of the Lecturer, another for the reference of the candidate for his use during Final presentation.

Upon completion of the project presentation by the student, there will be question and answer session with the unit lecturer acting as chief examiner. The aim is to determine first that the project is the student own work and secondly that the student has a broad understanding of what has been done and why. To achieve this, the examiner can select randomly from the project report and ask the student to explain a passage or drawing or justify a value or an assumption. In this way the examiner will soon gain an impression of how well versed the student is in the contents of the project report.


Week 1: Architectural Design Scheme

Preparation of Architectural design scheme of the proposed three storey reinforced concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

Readings:

Research Works 10

300


Week 2: Wind Load

Design calculation of wind load of the building using the New Zealand Standard or Australian Standard.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 10

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10 Week 3: Architectural and Structural Plans

Preparation of the architectural plan, roof framing plan, floor framing plan, ground floor plan,

foundation plan and perspective of the proposed three storey concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 10


10

Week 4: Geotechnical Gathering and Design Information

Gathering of structural information and geotechnical data of the site where the building will be constructed.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

301

Research Works 10


Week 5: Load Computation

Computation and analysis of dead load, live load and wind load per floor of the three storey building

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 10


Week 6: Roof Truss Design

Structural Design analysis of Roof Trusses

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 10


Week 7: Roof Beams

Structural Design analysis of Roof Beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

302

Readings:

Research Works 10


Week 8: Floor Beams

Structural Design analysis of Floor Beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 10

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10 Week 9: Floor Slabs

Structural Design analysis of Floor Slabs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 8


Week 10: Columns

Structural Design analysis of Columns

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

303

Research Works 8


Week 11: Footings

Structural Design analysis of Foundation Footings.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Research Works 8


Week 12: Bar Details of Beams, Slabs and Columns

Design and analysis of structural bar details of beams, slabs and columns.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 8

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8 Week 13: Oral Presentation

Oral presentation of the design of the three storey building.

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0


Oral Presentation 20 Readings:

304

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 0 Week 14: Oral Presentation

Oral presentation of the design of the three storey building.

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0




6.0 Assessment


1. Gathering of design strength prameters to be used in design analysis of building, i.e. geotechnical report for allowable bearing capacity of foundation soil, dead load and live load

Week 2 10%

1.Preparation & calculation of

Week 4 10% Bldg. loads from roof to

Foundation Footing

2. Structural Analysis Week 6 10%

3. Design of roof ,beams,slabs Week 9 10%

column & foundation footing

4. Preparation of RSB details

Week 11 10% of beams,slabs,column &

foundation footing

5. Preparation of architectural

Week 13 10% structural,plumbing and

electrical plan

Oral Presentation Week 14 & 15 40%

Attendance N/A 75%

305

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the above-mentioned assessment. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials.



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0




306











307

LECTURER: TBA


BEC709 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Airport Engineering [Elective] Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Geotechnical Engineering (BEC703)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



The aim of the unit is to introduce to students the principle governing the planning and design of airports,

including visual flight rules and regulations, structural method of design of airport pavements, airport capacity and

delay, airport configuration, various lighting and marking system.



308

1.2.1. Discuss the background history of Civil Aviation, growth of air transport and future trends of civil aviation,

function of International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), sources of fund of Airport development.

1.2.2. Apply the different aircraft characteristics in relation to planning and improvement of Airport facilities.

1.2.3. Discuss visual flight rules and instrument flight rules to regulate and control air traffic of different aircrafts. 1.2.4. Discuss the meaning of airport capacity and delay, i.e. gate capacity, runway capacity and taxiway capacity.

1.2.5. Provide the means and ways of airport planning, requirements for the preparation of airport master plan,

airport site selection, land use planning and importance of environmental study in the airport development.

1.2.6. Discuss the importance of airport configuration, geometric design of landing area, planning and design of

airport terminal area, various lighting and marking system necessary for efficient working performance.

1.2.7. Analyse the different methods of structural design of airport pavements.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISNB 0-07-030366-5 by Robert Horonjeff


2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Nature of Civil Aviation

Growth of air transport and future trends, general aviation, aviation organization and their functions

(the International Civil Aviation Organization).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 1 (pages 1- 29) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISNB 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert Horonjeff

4


Solving Problems 0



309

Week 2: Aircraft Characteristics

Physical characteristics of aircraft, wingspan, length, wheelbase, wheel track, maximum structural takeoff weight,

maximum landing weight, operating weight, zero fuel weight, number and type of engine, payload, and runway length, turning radii, wing tip vortices, effect of aircraft performance on run way length for general aviation aircraft.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 45 - 87) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition by Robert Horonjeff 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 3: Air Traffic Control

History of air traffic control, approach control, capacity, airport traffic control tower, air traffic separation rules,

navigational aids, aids for the control of air traffic automation in terminal and en-route air traffic control procedures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 88-109) Planning & Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert Horonjeff

3


Solving Problems 2



9

Week 4: Airport Planning, Capacity and Delay

Definition of capacity, factors that affect the capacity of airport, computation of annual airport capacity, runway

capacity, taxiway capacity. Airport system, airport master plan, airport requirements, airport site selection,

atmospheric conditions, accessibility to ground transport, ground access, airport clearance requirements.

No of Lectures 4

310

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 5 and 6 (pages 110 - 192) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert Horonjeff

4


Solving Problems 0



Week 5: Airport Configuration

Runways, taxiways, runway configurations holding aprons, holding bays, relation of terminal area to runways and

wind analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 7 (pages 193 - 210) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert Horonjeff

2


Solving Problems 2



Week 6: Geometric Design of the Landing Area

Airport design standars, airport classification, run ways, sight distance and longitudinal profile, location of exit

taxiways, parallel runway spacing, separation clearances, wingtip clearance, holding aprons.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 8 (page 211 - 242) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert Horonjeff

3

311


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Planning and Design of Terminal Area

The passenger handling system, vertical distribution concept, design of the passenger terminal, baggage handling requirements, apron-gate system, apron layout, apron utility requirements, apron lighting and marking, cargo handling

consideration.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 9 (pages 243 - 283) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert Horonjeff

3


Solving Problems 2



Week 8: Planning and Design of Terminal Area (Continued)

The passenger handling system, vertical distribution concept, design of the passenger terminal, baggage handling requirements, apron-gate system, apron layout, apron utility requirements, apron lighting and marking, cargo handling

consideration.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 9 (pages 243- 283) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert Horonjeff

2


Solving Problems 2



312

Week 9: Lighting, Marking & Signing

Airport approach lighting, runway threshold lighting, runway edge, lighting runway centreline and touchdown zone

lights, taxiway edge and centreline lighting, taxiway guidance system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Airport Drainage

Purpose of airport drainage, duration curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage layout of surface drainage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


3


Solving Problems 1



Week 11: Structural Design of Airport Pavements

The California Bearing Ratio (CBR) method of design of airport flexible pavement, design of rigid pavements,

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

313


5


Solving Problems 1



Week 12: Structural Design of Airport Pavements

Application of fatigue concept to traffic analysis, determination of modulus subgrade reaction, flexible pavement,

effect of frost on pavement thickness, design of overlay pavement, Portland Cement Concrete, Overlays of Portland

Cement Concrete.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


2


Solving Problems 3



Week 13: Airport Drainage

Purpose of airport drainage, Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage layout.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:


2


Solving Problems 3



314

Week 14: Airport Drainage ( continued) Purpose of airport drainage, IFD duration curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage layout.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:


2


Solving Problems 4



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:







(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials.



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

315

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0







316









317

LECTURER: TBA


BEC710 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Water Resource Engineering Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Engineering Hydrology (BEC704)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0







To introduce to the students the design principles of water supply distribution system, sewer and sewerage system,

water treatment processes, advanced water treatment processes, effective solid waste management and

environmental impact assessment.



318

1.2.1. Design a water supply distribution system of a subdivision.

1.2.2. Design sewer and sewerage system of a subdivision.

1.2.3. Analyse the water treatment processes.

1.2.4. Carry out Analysis of pumps and turbines.

1.2.5. Find out the effective principle of solid waste management.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of small Water Supply Systems in Developing countries,

International Reference Center for community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)

2.1.2 Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition by Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer, Jr.

2.1.3. Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental Engineering (3rd Edition)

(McGraw Hill series in water resourcesand Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill College Division,

ASIN 0070159116

2.1.4. Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations by Tyler Hicks ISBN 0-07-28814-3


2.2.1. Environmental Engineering by Bill T. Ray

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Introduction of Importance of Scientific Water Supply to Human Health Water supply and human health, water supply planning and management, water quality and quantity of drinking

water and waterborne diseases, water sources, rainwater harvesting.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 1,2,3 and 4 (pages 9 - 55)Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of small Water supply

Systems in 5

Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)


Solving Problems 3



319

Week 2: Hydraulics of Pumps

Surface water intakes, artificial recharge, types of pump ( centrifugal and axial flow pumps), displacement pump.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 8,9 and 10 (pages 137 - 185)Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of Small Water Supply Systems in

in Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)

4


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Water Chemistry

Water chemistry : chemical water analysis, hydrogen ion concentration and pH, organic compounds, organic matter in wastewater , laboratory chemical analysis. Microbiology: Bacteria and fungi, protozoa and multicellular animals,

viruses , algae, waterborne diseases, giardia and cryptosporidium , coliform bacteria as indicator organisms, biochemical oxygen demand, Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand, Nitrogenous biochemical oxygen demand.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 1 and 2(pages 5 - 85) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition by Mark J. Hammer 3

and Mark J. Hammer, Jr. Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3



Week 4: Water Supply Transmission System

Water transmission : Types of water conduits, design considerations, hydraulic design, water transmission

320

by pumping, pipe materials. Types of distribution system , distribution system design valves,

backflow preventers, fire hydrants, design layout of distribution system, evaluation of distribution system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 6 (pages 186 - 203) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and

Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1

Chapters 18 & 19(pages 317 - 359)Small Community Water Supplies ,Technology of small Water supply Systems in

Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Water Treatment Method

Water Treatment method for water supply system: aeration, coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation, slow sand filtration, rapid sand filtration and disinfection. Typical water treatment plant: inlet screen, preliminary settling tank, rapid

tank mixer, flocculation basins, sedimentation basins, rapid sand filter, chlorination contact tank.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 7, pages 209 - 249) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and

Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1

Chapters 11 to 17 (pages 191-312)Small Community Water Supplies ,Technology of small Water supply Systems

in Developing Countries, International Reference Center for community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)

2


Solving Problems 3



321

Week 6: Water Treatment Plant

Design example of preliminary settling tank, rapid tank mixer, flocculation basins, sedimentation, filtration and

chlorination tank (water treatment for drinking purposes).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 3 (pages 199 - 249) Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3rd Edition(McGraw Hill series in water resourcesand Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill College Division.

3


Solving Problems 3



Week 7: Wastewater Microbiology

Wastewater microbiology: Role of microorganisms, some microbes of interest in wastewater treatment, treatment characteristics of domestic wastewater, bacterial biochemistry, decomposition of waste population dynamics. Characteristics of domestic wastewater: physical characteristics of domestic wastewater, chemical characteristics of domestic wastewater, characteristics of industrial wastewater. On site disposal systems; without

water carriage and with water carriage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5 (pages 339 - 360) Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3rd Edition(McGraw Hill series in water resourcesand Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill College Division.

1

Chapter 9(pages 311 - 327) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition by Mark J. Hammer

and Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1


Solving Problems 5



322

Week 8: Wastewater Collection System

Wastewater collection Systems: Development of a sewerage plant, quantity of sewage based on future population, methods of predicting future population and extent of predicitions, infiltration and exfiltration, Hydraulics of sewers; flow in sewers , circular pipes running full, flow in circular pipes flowing partly full. Design of storm sewer system and sanitary

sewer system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 2 to 4 (pages 10 - 97)Sewerage & sewage treatment, Harold E. Babbit and E. Robert Baumann 8th Edition.

3


Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Separate Sanitary Sewer System

Design of separate sanitary sewer system of a subdivision.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 5 (pages 98 -121)Sewerage & sewage treatment, Harold E. Babbit and E. Robert Baumann 8th Edition.


Solving Problems 5



Week 10: Sewage Treatment Plant

Basic design concept of mix activated sludge reactor, design circular settling tank, design of aerobic digester Aerated Grit Chamber, Design of Solid Bowl centrifuge for sludge dewatering, sizing of traveling bridge filter

design of rapid mix basin and flocculation basin, design of trickling filter, design of anaerobic digester.

323

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Sections 8.1 to 8.44 Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations by Tyler Hicks ISBN 0-07-28814-3 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 11: Separate Storm Sewer System

Design of separate storm sewer system

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Sections 7.24 - 7.35 and Section 8.44 Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations by Tyler Hicks ISBN 0-07-28814-3

1


Solving Problems 5



Week 12: Solid Waste Management

Solid waste sources, types of solid waste, effects of solid waste, properties (moisture content and density calculation), solid waste processing (shredding, screen, magnetic separation, air classification), reuse, reduce, recycling, waste

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 11: Solid Waste Disposal (pages 347 - 377), Environmental Engineering by Bill T. Ray 2


Solving Problems 4

324



Week 13: Environmental Impact Assessment

EIA definition, EIA management tool, involvement of Civil Engineers in EIA, important principles of EIA,

Case study, the basic procedure.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Code of conduct of Engineers by Fiji Institute of Engineers, Environmental Impact Assessment Law of Fiji 2


Solving Problems 4



Week 14: Code of Conduct of Engineers

EIA definition, EIA management tool, involvement of Civil Engineers in EIA, important principles of EIA,

Case study, the basic procedure.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Code of conduct of Engineers by Fiji Institute of Engineers, Environmental Impact Assessment Law of Fiji Revision of lecture notes 11

Solving Problems 0



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 25%

Class Tests 25% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

325

Dates:




Design of reticulation mains for a water supply system


Design of a complete sewer line for one subdivision



(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials.



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











326

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0












327

LECTURER: TBA


BEC711 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Civil Engineering Technology Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A



PREREQUISITE: Civil Measurement and Tendering (BEC707)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



The aim of this unit is to introduce to the student the different construction method adopted in construction of engineering works. It consists of two threads, the first is construction planning, equipment and methods and the second is the study of the modern principles of dredging to improve the environment.


328

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to: 1.2.1. Effectively plan for earthwork construction, compaction and stabilization of embankment using the necessary equipment

1.2.2. Have sufficient understanding of the efficiency, volume, productivity output of Dozers and scrapers 1.2.3. Have sufficient understanding of the efficiency, volume, productivity output of Hydraulic excavators and Loaders

1.2.4. Discuss and explain the Asphalt Mix production and Placement

1.2.5. Have a complete understanding of the efficiency, volume, productivity output of family of cranes

1.2.6. Explain and discuss Dredging history, environmental impact and project implementation, dredging works and

use/disposal of dredged materials, Dredging plant and equipment and estimating output of Dredgers

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Robert L. Peurifoy, Clifford J. Schexnayder, Aviad Shapira. (2006) Construction Planning Equipment and

Methods (7th Edition), McGraw Hill, ISBN – 13: 978 -0 – 07 -296420-3

2.1.2. Dredging -A Handbook for Engineers, 2nd Edition by R.N. Bray, A.D. Bates, J.M. Land - 1997 ,

ISBN 0 340 54524 1


2.2.1. Holmes, Roy (1995) Introduction to Civil Engineering Construction. the College of Estate Management

ISBN 1899769308

2.2.2. Ground Engineering Equipment & Method by Frank Harris ISBN 0 07- 026747-2 ,McGraw-Hill Book Company

Limited

2.2.3. Construction Technology, Volume 4 by R. Chudley, Longman Group Limited, ISBN 0-582 42029 0

2.2.4. Construction Technology, 4th Edition by Rod Chudley and Roger Greeno,ISBN 0 131286 420

2.3 Class Shares



History of construction equipment, fundamental concepts of equipment economics, planning for earthwork

Construction, compaction and stabilization of embankment using the necessary equipment.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


329

Readings:

Textbook: Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods by Robert L. Peurifoy,

Clifford J. Schexnayder, Aviad Shapira. (2006) (7th Edition), McGraw Hill, ISBN-13:978-0-07-296420-3

History of construction equipment (Chapter 1, pages 1-14)

4 Fundamental concepts of equipment economics ( Chapter 2, pages 17-53)

Planning for Earthwork Construction (Chapter 3, pages 60-86) Compaction and stabilization of embankment using the necessary equipment (Chapter 5, pages 115-138) Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 0



Week 2: Power Requirements of Mobile Equipment

Factors affecting machine performance; required power (rolling resistance, grade resistance) available power (work and and power of machines, power output and torque, rimpull, drawbar pull) usable power (coefficient of friction, altitude's effect

of usable power, performance charts of mobile equipment).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapter 6, pages 140-169 of Textbook: Construction Planning, Equipment & Methods by Robert L. Peurifoy,

2

Clifford J. Schexnayder, Aviad Shapira. (2006) (7th Edition), McGraw Hill, ISBN-13:978-0-07-296420-3 Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2



Week 3: Dozers

Dozers classification based on running the type of running gears (crawler type or wheel type) Crawler Dozers with direct drive. Crawler Dozers with torque converter and power shift transmissions crawler dozers with hydrstatic power trains, performance comparisons of crawler and wheel type dozers; construction use of dozers, the dozers

330

blade, procedure for estimating blade, Dozer production estimating format. Dozer ripper attachment.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 4: Scrapers

Pusher loaded scrapers (single powered scraper, tandem powered scraper). Self loading, volumetric load of scraper, basic operating parts of scraper, scraper production cycle, scraper production estimating format (weight, rolling resistance, grade resistance, total resistance, travel speed, travel time, load time, dump time, turning time, total cycle time, pusher cycle time, balance fleet, efficiency and production cost), operational considerations and safety of

scraper.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 5: Hydraulic Excavators

Types - Crawler hydraulic excavators, pneumatic - tire carrier - mounted , hydraulic excavators, estimate of production rate of hydraulic excavator. Hydraulic operated - front shovel excavator (basic parts and

331

operations, and criteria for selecting the kind of front shovels), calculating shovel production, height of cut effect on shovel production, angle of swing effect on shovel production; crawler mounted hydraulic hoe (basic parts and operations of a hoe,

bucket rating for hydraulic hoes) , criteria for selecting a Hoe and calculating hoe production.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 6: Loaders

Types and sizes( crawler-tractor mounted loaders and wheel-tractor mounted loaders), loader buckets/attachments, fill factors for loader buckets, operating loads , operating specifications, loader production rates, calculating wheel loader

production , calculating truck loader production, trenching machines production and backhoe-loaders production.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Trucks and Hauling Equipments

Rigid - frame rear - dump trucks, articulated-rear dump truck, three methods

332

of rating the capacities of trucks and hauling equipment (gravimetric, struck volume, heaped volume), classifications of small and large trucks, calculation truck production, truck performance calculation and truck safety operations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


1


Solving Problems 4



Week 8: Pumps and Compressors

Pump requirements (reciprocating pumps, centrifugal pump, submersible pumps).

Types of pump used in construction works , pump selection, pump performance curves. Compressors (reciprocating compressors, rotary screw compressors, rotary vane compressors, compressor maintenance, noise of compressor and

effect of altitude on compressor's operations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 9: Explosives, Drilling and Blasting

Properties of explosives, types of explosives initiating devices, electric shot firing accessories, storage, transportation and

handling explosives, Rock destruction blasting factors (choice of explosives for construction works, drilling patterns,

loading rules, stemming , firing, delays and misfire.

No of Lectures 4

333

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 2



Week 10: Aggregate Production

Crushing plants, stone crushers ( jaw crushers, granulators, gyratory crusher, cone crusher, impact breakers and hammer

mills, roll crushers, rod and ball mills). Selection of crusher type.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 3



Week 11: Asphalt Mix, Production and Placement

Asphalt plants, batch plant (primary components : cold feed system, drum dryer, hot elevator, hot screens, hot bins, asphalt handling system, pug mill, dust collector, surge silo), Asphalt storage and heating; asphalt paving equipment, (sweeper, broom for removing dust from the surface to be paved, trucks for transporting asphalt mix from the plant to the construction site, asphalt distributor truck for tack or seal coat, factors affecting asphalt uniform distribution ( asphalt spraying temperature, liquid pressure across the spray bar length , nozzle height above the surface, the distributor speed), Asphalt paver, paver

production pneumatic tire compactor, double drum steel wheel vibratory compactor.

No of Lectures 4

334

No. of Tutorials 1


0


2


Solving Problems 4



Week 12: Cranes

Crane shovel family (crane shovel mounting, shovels, drag lines, clamshells)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapters 17, pages 533-577 and 18 pages 580-599, of Textbook: Construction Planning, Equipment & Methods by Robert L. Peurifoy,

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 13: Cofferdams/Caissons/Piling: Review types of cofferdams and list their uses, discuss the use of steel sheet piling for cofferdam construction and the use of water jetting to assist driving of piles; methods of extracting of sheet piles; types of caissons including box caisson, open caisson, monolithic caisson and the pneumatic or compressed air caissons; methods of positioning, sinking, sealing, and

filling of caissons; introduction to piles and piling , classification of piles, difference between end bearing friction piles,

types of hammers used : drop hammer, single acting hammer and the double acting diesel hammer.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

335

Readings: Textbook: Introduction to Civil Engineering Construction by Holmes, 3rd Edition.

Review types of cofferdams and list their uses, discuss the use of steel sheet piling for cofferdam, construction and

2

the use of water jetting to assist driving of piles; methods of extracting of sheet piles: Chapter 6, pages 198-204. Types of caissons including box caisson,open caisson, monolithic caisson, and the pneumatic or compressed air

caissons;methods of positioning, sinking, sealing, and filling of caissons, Chapter 6, pages 205-211 Introduction to piles and piling , classification of piles, difference between end bearing friction piles, types of hammers used : drop hammer, single acting hammer and the double acting diesel hammer, Chapter 4, pages 120-154 Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Dredging

Dredging History, main purpose of dredging works, environmental impact and project implementation, dredging works and

their control and use/disposal of dredged materials, dredging plant and equipment, estimating output of dredgers.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Textbook: A Handbook for Engineers, 2nd Edition by R.N. Bray, A.D. Bates, J.M. Land - 1997, ISBN 0 340 54524 1

Dredging History, main purpose of dredging works, environmental impact ( pages 1 to 4)

2 Project implementation (pages 5-29), dredging works and their control (pages 346-366)

Use of Dredged Materials (pages 59-85), Disposal of dredged materials pages 89-107),

Dredging plant and equipment (pages 155-233), and Estimating Output of Dredgers (pages 271-294). Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 2



336

4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory N/A N/A


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:










Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0





337







P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0













338

LECTURER: TBA


BEC712 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Highway Engineering & Design Credit Points 16

Applications



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of Lab for week 10 and 11 of the semester.




PREREQUISITE: Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey (BEC608)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 6





1.0 Welcome



The aim of this unit is to cover the basic theory and principles in the design and construction of roadway pavement ( flexible and rigid road pavement). It also includes the study of geometric design of roadway alignment, materials for roadway , maintenance of roadway pavement and basic principles of bridge design using Australian standards.

339



1.2.1. Analyse the road vehicle performance, and calculate Tractive Effort and Resistance, aerodynamic resistance, rolling resistance, grade resistance, available tractive effort, maximum tractive effort, engine generated tractive effort, vehicle acceleration, fuel efficiency, braking force ratio and efficiency, theoritical stopping distance, practical stopping distance, distance travelled during driver's reaction and perception.

1.2.2. Analyse the factor needed for an effective traffic flow analysis and roadway level of service.

1.2.3. Design of highway intersections.

1.2.4. Analyse the geometric alignment and design of roads.

1.2.5. Design roadway pavement whether a rigid pavement or a flexible pavement.

1.2.6. Find out the different types of road construction materials and different methods of road material testing.

1.2.7. Analyse bridge design.

1.2.8. Design an effective road drainage and road erosion control.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Principle of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 3rd Edition by Fred L. Mannering,

Walter P. Kilareski, Scott S. Washburn -ISBN 0-471-47256-6

2.1.2. Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers ISBN 0-632-05993-1 2.1.3. Highways , Location, Design,Construction & maintenance of pavements , 4th Edition C.A. O' Flaherty , A.M.

ISBN 0 7506 5090 7


2.2. 1. Highway Engineering, 7th Edition by Wright, Paul H. and Dixon, Karen ISBN 0-471-26461-x(cloth);

ISBN 0-471-45258-0(WIE)

2.2.2. Railway Engineering by S.C. Rangwala ISBN 978 - 93- 803 58 - 25 -3 2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: The Transportation Planning Processes.

Highway planning, collection of historical traffic data, highway planning strategies (land use transportation approach,

demand management approach, the car centered approach, the public transport - centered approach), transportation studies (transportation survey to established trip making patterns, the production and use of mathematical models to predict future transport requirements & to evaluate alternative highway proposal , economic assesment & environmental assessment)

340

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 1 ( pages 1 -13) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers ISBN 0-632-05993-1 2


Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Laboratory Report


Week 2: Forecasting Future Traffic Flows and Highway Appraisal.

Basic principles of traffic demand analysis, demand modelling, land use models, trip generation, trip distribution ( the Gravity model, the Growth factor model, the furness method , modal split method) , traffic assignment and full example of the four

transportation modelling processes and scheme appraisal of highway projects

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 2 ( pages 14 -43) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers ISBN 0-632-05993-1 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Road Vehicle Performance.

Tractive effort and resistance, aerodynamic resistance, rolling resistance, grade resistance, available tractive effort,

maximum tractive effort, engine generated tractive effort, vehicle acceleration, fuel efficiency, braking force ratio and

efficiency, theoretical stopping distance, practical stopping distance , distance travelled during drivers reaction and

perception.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


341

0 Readings:

Chapter 2, pages 7-44 of the Textbook: Principle of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 3rd Edition 3

by Fred L. Mannering, Walter P. Kilareski, Scott S. Washburn Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3



Week 4: Traffic Flow Analysis and Roadway Level of Service.

Traffic stream parameters ( traffic flow, speed and density), traffic stream models (speed - density model, flow-density model, speed - flow model) Poisson's traffic flow model, different queues traffic flow theories . Level of service determination in two lane and multi - lane highway (base conditions and capacities, free flow speed, flow rate analysis, density for vehicles as a

measure of service . Design traffic volume analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5, pages 135-169 of Textbook: Principle of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 3rd Edition 3

by Fred L. Mannering, Walter P. Kilareski, Scott S. Washburn Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Design of Highway Intersections.

Deriving design reference flows from baseline traffic figures, major and minor traffic intersections, design considerations of roundabout, advantages and disadvantages of traffic signal, calculation of traffic saturation flow, effective green time and optimum cycle time of traffic signal, average vehicle delay at signalized intersection, traffic signal coordination and linkage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


342

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 ( pages 103 -152) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Geometric Alignment of Highway Roads.

Principle of highway alignment, design considerations of vertical parabolic curves (stopping sight distance, passing sight

distance, crest vertical curve design, sag vertical curve design; design considerations of highway horizontal alignment

(stopping sight distance and horizontal curve design).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 3, pages 45- 82 of Textbook: Principle of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 3rd Edition

by Fred L. Mannering, Walter P. Kilareski, Scott S. Washburn 3

Chapter 6 ( pages 153 -191) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers 3 Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 3



Week 7: Design of Highway Road Pavement.

Basic principles of flexible pavement design (calculation of stresses and deflection of flexible pavement), design procedure of flexible pavement. Basic principle of rigid pavement design ( calculation of stresses and deflection of rigid pavement),

design procedure of rigid pavement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 7 and 8 ( pages 192 -250) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers 4

343

Chapters 15 and 16 (pages 395 - 447) Highways , Location, Design,Construction & maintenance 4

of pavements, 4th Edition C.A. O' Flaherty , A.M. Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 0



Week 8: Materials Used in Road Pavement Penetration grade refinery bitumens, bitumen tests and their significance, bitumen composition, engineering properties of

bitumen, natural asphalts, cutback bitumen, bitumen emulsions, tars vs bitumen, adhesion agents, thermoplastic crystalline polymers, rubbers, thermosetting bitumens, chemical modifiers, rock aggregate production, gravels and sands,

slag aggregates, aggregate tests, secondary aggregates.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 118 - 159) Highways , Location, Design,Construction & maintenance 3


Solving Problems 4



Week 9: Road Drainage

Soil Stabilised Pavements, Surface Drainage for Roads, Subsurface Moisture Control for Road Pavement

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 5 6, 7,8 (pages 163- 223) Highways , Location, Design,Construction & maintenance 4


Solving Problems 4


344


Week 10: Pavement Maintenance.

Forms of maitenance, compiling information on pavement conditions, deflections vs pavement conditions overlay design for

bituminous roads , overlay design for concrete roads.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 9 ( pages 251 - 264) Highway Engineering by Martin Rogers 1

Chapters 17 (pages 452- 457) Highways , Location, Design,Construction & maintenance

of pavements, 4th Edition C.A. O' Flaherty , A.M. 1


Solving Problems 4



Week 11: Bridges

Arch bridge,truss bridge, suspension bridge, classification of bridges : according to construction material, position of the

bridge floor, by method of clearance and by type of supporting structure

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

pages 1 - 22; Textbook: Bridges by Nelson Doubleday, Inc. 3


Solving Problems 2



Week 12: Design of Thickness of Runway of Airport Pavement.

345

The California Bearing Ratio (CBR) method of design of flexible airport pavements design of rigid airport pavement using Westergaad Analysis, airport pavement design using elastic layer theory; the FAA method of design of flexible and rigid pavement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 12(pages 332 - 408) of Planning & Design of Airports, 2nd Edition by Robert Horonjeff, ISBN 0-07-0303665

1


Solving Problems 6



Week 13: Railroad Tract and Roadway Design.

Railroad tract : definition, grades and tract profile, horizontal curves, tract clearances, tract structure design method, ballast,

sub ballast, ties and tie spacing, rails, turnouts, crosover and tract connections.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 4,5,6,7,8,9 (pages 77 -173) Railway Engineering by S.C. Rangwala ISBN 978 - 93- 803 58 - 25 -3

3


Solving Problems 4



Week 14: Railroad Tract and Roadway Design.

Railroad tract : definition, grades and tract profile, horizontal curves, tract clearances, tract structure design method, ballast,

sub ballast, ties and tie spacing, rails, turnouts, crossover and tract connections.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

346


0 Readings:

Chapters 4,5,6,7,8,9 (pages 77 -173) Railway Engineering by S.C. Rangwala ISBN 978 - 93- 803 58 - 25 -3

3


Solving Problems 4



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 15% 50%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:



Assignment 1: Alignment and element design of flexible roadway design Week 8 7.5%

Assignment 2: Trip Distribution Analysis Using Spreadsheet Week 13 7.5%

Laboratory 1: CBR Test Week 7 5.0%

Laboratory 2: Aggregate Impact Test Week 11 5.0%



b) Inorder to pass the course, that is to obtain a grade of C-or better, it is necessary to score at least 50%(i.e 50/100) in the

final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorial/labratories.


347


A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0






348








349

LECTURER: TBA


BEC713 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Ports, Harbours & Coastal Engineering Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 9- 10 hours per week for this unit.





Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs / Workshops 0

Field Trips

8







The aim of this unit is to introduce to students the concept of study on wave mechanics and coastal

processes along with fundamentals that underline the practice of coastal engineering.

Mechanics of wave motion; wave refraction, diffraction and reflection; wave forecasting;

predicting waves from extreme events such as tsunami and tropical cyclones; shore processes;

planning of coastal engineering projects; beach nourishment; design of seawalls, breakwaters,

350

and revetments; dredging; coastal sustainability



1.2.1. Analyse the fundamentals of wave mechanics

1.2.2. Apply the principle of statistics and probability analysis in wave forecasting

1.2.3. Analyse the processes of coastal wave transformation, and the effects of these

transformations on the nearshore environment. 1.2.4. Compare the methods of hard and soft coastal protection design

1.2.5. Develop an understanding of the long-term thinking required of coastal design,

including environmental and sustainability issues.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Textbook

2.1.1. Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 (ISBN-10: 0-387-23333-4)

2.1.2. Port Engineering by Zhou Liu and Hans F. Burcharth, 1999

2.1.3. Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010


2.2.1. Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)

2.2.2. Shore Protection Manual, published by Waterways Experiment Station, 1984

2.2.3. Integrated Coastal Management Framework of the Republic of Fiji, pub. by Dept of Envir, 2011

2.3 Class Shares


WEEK 1: INTRODUCTION TO COASTAL ENGINEERING Introduction to Coastal Engineering (Defines Coastl, Coastal Engineering and Coastal Science);

Water Wave Theory ( Introduction, definition of wave parameters, linear wave theory, nonlinear

wave theory, other theory, waves breaking, validity of wave breaking)

Practical problems ( Learn examples with given solutions)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

351

Readings: Chapter 1-2 (Pages 1 - 49) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Part I Chapter 1.3 (Pages 1 - 2) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Revision of Lecture Notes 3

Solving Problems 2



WEEK 2: WAVE TRANSFORMATION WaveTransformation (Estimation of Nearshore Waves introduction, background, practical limitations,

Role of gauging, Physical modeling), Principles of Wave Transformation,(Introduction,

Wave transformation equation, types of wave transformation)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (Pages 53-76) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Part II Chapter 3.1 (Pages 1-3) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 3.2 (Pages 4,5) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)

Revision of Lecture Notes

3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 3: WAVE TRANSFORMATION (Continued)

Wave transformation (Refraction and Shoaling), Wave rays, straight and parrallel contours, realistic

bathmetry, Problems in ray approach, wave diffraction, reflection, Refraction and shoaling of wave spectra,

alternative formulas i. Mild slope equation ii. Boussnesq equations .)

No of Lectures 4

352

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (Pages 157 - 193) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

4 Part II Chapter 7.2 (Pages 3-17) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 4: WAVE ANALYSIS Wave Analysis & Statistics (Introduces irregular waves, wave train and spectral analysis).

Long-term wave analysis & statistics. ( introduces Stochastic time history, Extremal propability

distribution functions, empirical simulation technique )

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Part II Chapter 8.4 (Pages 3 - 4) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

5

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 8.5 (Pages 4 - 13) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 8.6 (Pages 13 - 56) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Chapter 5 (Pages 113 -154) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006


3

Solving Problems

2


0


353

WEEK 5: TIDES Tides (Introduction: a. Purpose, b. Applicability, c. Scope of Manual; Classification of Water Waves: a. Wave Classification, b. Discussion; Astronomical Tides: a. description of tides, b. tidal time series

analysis, c. Glossary of tide elevation terms), Coastal Water Level Fluctuations: (Long Wave Equations,

Astronomical Tide Generation and Characteristics, Tide Datums and Tide Prediction, Tsunamis, Basin

Oscillations,Storm Surge and Design Storms) . Exam Review

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (Pages 113 -154) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

4 Part II Chapter 8.5 (Pages 4 - 13) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2



WEEK 6: COASTAL SEDIMENT PROPERTIES

Coastal Sediment Properties (Introduction, Classification of Sediment by size, compositional

Properties, Fall Velocity, Bulk Properties.)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 8 (Pages 247 -285) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

Part III Chapter 1-1 (Pages 1 - 33) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics


354


4

Solving Problems

3


2


WEEK 7: LONGSHORE SEDIMENT TRANSPORT

Longshore Sediment Transport: a. Introduction (Overview, Scope of chapter) b. Longshore Sediment

Transport Processes( Definitions, Modes of sediment transport, field of sediment transport, field

identification of longshore sediment transport) c. Predicting Potential Longshore Sediment Transport

(Energy flux method, longshore current method, using hindcast wave data, deviation from potential

longshore sediment transport rates, Littoral drift roses, cross-shore distribution of longshore sediment

transport calculations, three dimensionality of shorelines features, empirical shoreline models,

analytical longshore sand transport shoreline change models)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


6 Part III Chapter 2 (Pages 1 - 77) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


2

Solving Problems

1


0


WEEK 8: COASTAL PLANNING Coastal Planning (Introduction, the planning process, six major planning steps, planning

coordinator requirements, criteria development, design process, construction and monitoring,

generic chart); Site Characterization; Shore Protection Projects.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Field Trip to possible current coastal project site 4

Readings: Part V Chapter 1 (Pages 1-15) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

7

355


Part V Chapter 2 (Pages 1-30) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics


Part V Chapter 3 (Pages 1-92) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics



2

Solving Problems

0


0


WEEK 9: RUBBLE MOUND BREAKWATER DESIGN Design of Rubble Mound Breakwaters / structures (introdcution, components of rubble mound

breakwater, types of rubble mound breakwaters, construction method of rubble mound

breakwaters, construction procedures, quarry run)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 7.5 (Pages 214 -226) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Chapter 3 (Pages 47 -70) Port Engineering by Zhou Liu and Hans F. Burcharth, 1999


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 10: NAVIGATIONAL PROJECTS Navigational Projects (Project Assessment and Alternative Selection, Defining Vessel requirements,

data Needs and Sources (Pre-project), Economic Analysis, Channel Depth, Channel Alignment and Width,

Other Project Features, Aids to Navigation, Operation/Monitoring & Maintenance, Model and Specialized

Field Studies)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


356

Readings:

Chapter 8.10 (Pages 247 -282) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

5 Part V Chapter 5 (Pages 1-93) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 11: COASTAL STRUCTURES TYPES AND FUNCTIONS Types and Functions of Coastal Structures (Applications, Typical Cross Sections and Layouts,

Main Types of Concrete Structure Types) Monitoring, Maintenance and Repair of Coastal Projects

(Maintenace of Coastal Projects, Inspecting and Monitoring Coastal Structures, Repairing and

Rehabilitation of Coastal Structures)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


5

Part VI Chapter 2 (Pages 1-55) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part VI Chapter 8 (Pages 1-59) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 12: HARBOURS Harbour (Introduction, mechanical analogy, closed basins, open basins - general, open

basins-simple shapes, open basins - complex shapes, open basins- Helmholtz, harbour resonance);

No of Lectures 4

357

No. of Tutorials 1



Readings:

Part II Chapter 7 (Pages1 - 67) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

5 Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)

Chapter 9.2.3 (Pages 205 -209) Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010

Chapter 38 (Pages 1039 -1071) Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 13: HARBOURS (Continued) Overtopping (problems example) & Coastal Flooding (Analysis and Assessment of Risk)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Part II Chapter 7 (Pages1 - 67) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

4





3

Solving Problems

3


0


WEEK 14: INTEGRATED COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT Integrated Coastal Zone Management; Environemtnal / Sustainability issues; (Introduction,

Status of coastal management in Fiji, Current Coastal Condition, Coastal activities and users, coastal

data collection systems, current coastal management initiatives, funding possibilities)

358

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 1 ( Pages 1 - 32) Integrated Coastal Management Framework of the Republic of Fiji, pub. by Dept of Environment, 2011

4

Chapter 36.4 (Pages 1016 -1018) Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010


3

Solving Problems

3


0


4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:




Topics: Introduction to Coastal Engineering


Topics: Wave Transformation and Wave Analysis


Topics: Tides


Topics: Sediment Transport and Longshore Transport


Topics: Coastal Planning



359




A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



360










361

LECTURER: TBA


BEC714 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Project Management Credit Points 14 LECTURES: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours of lectures.


WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Civil Measurement and Tendering (BEC707)



Contact Hours 70

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome


1.1 Course Description The aim of this unit is to introduce to students the different types of contracts and how Civil Engineers administer

procedures in the construction works. Understanding of the importance of Quality Control and Insurances in

construction and the knowledge of Project Management and planning of civil engineering works.



362

1.2.1. Prepare manpower and equipment requirement for one vertical engineering construction and one horizontal

engineering construction.

1.2.2. Prepare Program Evaluation Review Technique-Critical Path Method (PERT-CPM), Bar Chart and the S- Curve showing the funding distribution needed by the project per month for purposes of funding allocation.

1.2.3. Prepare tender documents and specifications of an engineering project.

1.2.4. Making contract and tender documents for effective supervision, monitoring and performance of engineering works constructed under administration or under contract works.

1.2.5. Understand the cause and effect of torts and negligence in the implementation of engineering construction works. 1.2.6. Understand the ethics of engineers.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) BY Allan Ashworth

ISBN 978 -0 - 273 -74560 - 0 2.1.2. Project Planning and Management by Goodman and Love


2.2.1. Fellows R.K., JCT Standard Form of Building Contract (1980), Mcmillan Publishing Company,

ISBN 0333463251

2.2.2. Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice 2nd Edition by James M. Antill and

Ronald W. Woodhead, John Wiley ISBN 0 - 471 -03246 - 8

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Construction Contract

Legal aspects of contract : Contract definition, elements of contract, unenforceable contracts, contra proferetem,

collateral warranties, agency, subcontracting, assignment and novation .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 2 (pages 20 - 32) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) BY Allan Ashworth

2

Revision of Lecture Notes 4

363

Solving Problems Preparation of Practical Reports

3 0


Week 2: Discharge and Remedies

Discharge of contracts : discharge by performance,discharge by renunciation,discharge by fresh agreement,

frustration, .assignment . Remedies for breach of contract: nominal damages, substantial damages, remoteness

of damage, special damage, liquidated damages, specific performance, injunction, rescission, quantum meruit.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 3 & 4 (pages 33 - 40)) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) by Allan Ashworth

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Settlement of Disputes

Settlement of disputes in construction contract: Issues for the resolution of disputes,claims, contractual claims, forms of construction contracts, contractors, adjudication, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution. Forms of

Contract: Standard Building Contract with quantities, Standard Building Contract with approximate quantities, Standard Building Contract Contract without quantities, subcontracts, intermediate building contract, minor works building contract, design and build contract, major project construction contract, construction management, management building contract, prime

cost building contract, measured term contract, housing grants works building contract, adjudication agreement,

framework agreement, other main forms of contract.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapters 5 and 6 (pages 41 - 81) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) by Allan Ashworth Revision of Lecture Notes

4 2

Solving Problems 3

364


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9 Week 4: Contract Strategies Contract strategy, contract procurement: methods of price determination, measurement contracts, contractor selection. Contract selection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 7,8 & 9 (pages 83-140) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) by Allan Ashworth

5


Solving Problems 2


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9 Week 5: Form of Construction Contracts

Contract documents: Form of contract, contract drawings, contract bills, contract specification , schedule of rates,

contractual provisions , Design and build , lean construction.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapters 10,11 & 13 (pages 141 - 166 and 192 -201) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) by Allan Ashworth

3


Solving Problems 3


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9 Week 6: Parties to a Contract Parties involved in the construction industries: employers, landowners, contractors, regulations, direct labour, professional bodies, construction associations, industry skill needs, health safety and welfare , sustainable construction, health safety and welfare , sustainable construction .

365

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapters 17, 20 & 21 (pages 245-268 and 298 - 324) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) by Allan Ashworth

4


Solving Problems 3



Week 7: Quality of Works in a Contract

Quality of work during construction, cost of construction, time factor of construction works by other parties , injury and insurance of works

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 23 -27 (pages 329 - 390) Contractual Procedures in the Construction Industry (6th Edition) 5

by Allan Ashworth

Study Lecture Notes 2

Doing Assignments 2


Week 8: Project Managemnet Tools in Contract Implementation

Introduce the concept of the four traditional techniques used for planning, scheduling and control of development of a construction engineering project such as the project breakdown culture; Gantt or Bar Chart, milestone charts and the line of balance method (LOB).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Pages 136 - 147 Project Planning and Management by Goodman and Love 1

366


Solving Problems 3


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9 Week 9: Project Management Planning Technique The three network techniques for Project Management; the Critical Path Method (CPM), the Program Evaluation and Review Techniques (PERT) and the precedence network.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Pages 150 - 181 Project Planning and Management by Goodman and Love 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Critical Path Method

Practical Planning with critical Path Method , preliminary and detatiled planning of projects, preparation of utility data. Project examples : 3 span bridge, rock fill dam, sewer main. Planning for annual works program

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 8 (pages 174 -211)Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice 2nd Edition by James M. Antill and Ronald W. Woodhead, John Wiley ISBN 0 - 471 -03246 - 8

3

Revision of Lecture Notes Solving Problems

3 3



Week 11:Financial Planning

Financial planning and cost control: necessity for financial planning and cost control , use of critical path method in

367

financial planning, use of critical path method on cost control, profit control, periodical claims for progress payment,

control of liquidity. A CPM based accounting system

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 10 (pages 237 - 260)Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice 2nd Edition by James M. Antill and Ronald W. Woodhead, John Wiley ISBN 0 - 471 -03246 - 8

2


Solving Problems 4



Week 12: Variation Work Orders and Extra Work Orders

Evaluation of work changes and delays: legal considerations, effect of a simple variation, change and delay in reporting, plotting the actual network, analysis of factual network, responsibility for critical delay and practical

applications

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 11 (pages 261 -285) Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice 2nd Edition by James M. Antill and Ronald W. Woodhead, John Wiley ISBN 0 - 471 -03246 - 8

2


Solving Problems 3


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10 Week 13: Variation Work Orders and Extra Work Orders (Continued) Evaluation of work changes and delays: legal considerations, effect of a simple variation, change and delay in reporting, plotting the actual network, analysis of factual network, responsibility for critical delay and practical applications

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

368


0 Readings: Chapter 11 (pages 261 -285) Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice 2nd Edition by James M. Antill and Ronald W. Woodhead, John Wiley ISBN 0 - 471 -03246 - 8

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 14: Code of Ethics

Code of Ethics for Engineers

Services provided, payment for services, General provisions, duty of professional Engineer to the public, employer,

independent practice to the client, to other professional Engineers.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Code of Conduct of Engineers by Fiji Institute of Engineers 6


Solving Problems 0



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:





369






A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



370












371

LECTURER: TBA


BEC715 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Irrigation Engineering Credit Points 14

(Elective)



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A




PREREQUISITE: Engineering Hydrology (BEC704)



Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



To make the students be familiar with different kinds of irrigation system to support crop growth and to learn the hydraulic

analysis of irrigation canal system , irrigation canal structures and irrigation canal headworks.

372

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes Upon completion of this paper, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Enumerate the different kinds of irrigation system to improve crop growth;

1.2.2. Explain the Soil water relationships ( physical and chemical properties of soil) for irrigation purposes

1.2.3. Design an irrigation canal system

1.2.4. Design the canal headworks ( irrigation dam not more than 6.0 meters);

1.2.5. Design of water engineering canal structures (Water measurement structures, regulating structures, conveyance structures and protective structures)

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository,ISN 1020 -4261

2.1.2. Planning Irrigation Network and OFD Works by Vinod Sharma and R.N. Agarwal , ISBN 81-224- 1620 -9

2.1.3. Irrigation and Water resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa , ISBN 81 -224-1673 -X


Farm Business Management by Emery N. Castle, Manning H. Becker, A. Gene Wilson , 3rd Edition, ISBN 0-02-3202010

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Irrigation Systems Definition of irrigation, sources of irrigation water, quality of irrigation water,kinds of irrigation system: gravity fed irrigation system consisting of canal headworks and field distribution system, surface irrigation (Furrow irrigation, Border irrigation

and Basin irrigation) , sprinkler irrigation and drip irrigation system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 5 , (pages 1-24 ) . Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository

2

Chapter 1 , (pages 1 -6)Planning Irrigation Network and OFD Works by Vinod Sharma and R.N. Agarwal 1


Solving Problems 3

373



Week 2: Gravity Fed Irrigation System Gravity fed irrigation system:canal headworks and field distribution system, Sprinkler Irrigation System and Drip Irrigation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 5 , (pages 1-24 ) . Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository

2

Chapter 1 , (pages 1 -6)Planning Irrigation Network and OFD Works by Vinod Sharma and R.N. Agarwal 1


Solving Problems 3



Week 3: Soil Profile for Irrigation Purposes Soil and water: soil composition, soil profile , soil texture , soil structure ,entry of water into the soil : the infiltration process, soil moisture content, field capacity, permanent wilting point , soil moisture conditions, available water content, ground water,

elements of soil topography

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 3 , (pages 1-13) . Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository

2


Solving Problems 3



374

Week 4: Hydrologic Abstractions Rainfall and Evapotranspiration : amount of rainfall, rainfall intensity, rainfall distribution, effective rainfall evaporation, transpiration, evapotranspiration

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 4 , (pages 1-13) . Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository

1


Solving Problems 3



Week 5: Drainage in Irrigation System Drainage in irrigation system : surface drainage, subsurface drainage. Salty soils: salinization, crops and saline soil ,

soil sodicity, improvement of saline and sodic soils , prevention of salinization.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapters 6 and 7 , (pages 1-7) . Irrigation Water Management, Training Manuals , FAO Corporate Document Repository

1


Solving Problems 3



Week 6: Canal Distribution System Design of canal system,estimation of design canal capacity, application of manning's formula for trapezoidal cross section, freeboard, canal banks, geometrics of canal alignment, lining of channel, selection of type of lining, economics of canal lining, cast in situ and precast tile lining, seepage loss observations for channels , design of channels through alluvial soils: Kennedy's silt theory, Lacey's silt theory.

375

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5, (pages 165 -224), Chapter 8 (pages 278 - 316) Irrigation and Water resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa

5


Solving Problems 2



Week 7: Design of Canal Distribution System Continuation: Design of canal system,estimation of design canal capacity, application of manning's formula, freeboard, canal banks, geometrics of canal alignment, lining of channel, selection of type of lining, economics of canal lining, cast in situ and precast tile lining, seepage loss observations for channels , design of channels through alluvial soils: Kennedy's

silt theory, Lacey's silt theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5, (pages 165 -224), Chapter 8 (pages 278 - 316) Irrigation and Water resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa

2


Solving Problems 3



Week 8: Hydraulics of Canal Structures Surface and subsurface flow considerations for design of canal structures: Hydraulic jump, hydraulic jump in rectangular channel , energy loss in hydraulic jump in rectangular channel, hydraulic jump in sloping channel forced hydraulic jump, seepage force , theory of seepage, graphical solution of seepage equation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

376

Readings:

Chapter 9, (pages 317 - 351) Irrigation and Water resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa 3


Solving Problems 3



Week 9: Canal Regulation Structures Canal regulation structures: canal fall , types of canal fall vertical and horizontal impact cisterns, sarda fall, glacis fall,

design example of baffled apron drop.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 3



Week 10: Cross Drainage Structures Cross Drainage structures: Structures for carrier channel over a natural stream, Structures for carrier channel underneath a natural stream, Structures for carrier channel crossing a natural stream at the same level, selection of a suitable cross drainage structures , design of cross drainage structures,, waterway and headway of stream, headloss through across

drainage structures , design of transition for canal waterway.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 11, (pages 378 -405) Irrigation and Water resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa 3


Solving Problems 3



377

Week 11: Siphon and Culvert

Cross drainage structures : Design example of siphon and design example of culvert.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 11, (pages 378 -405) Irrigation and Water Resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa 2


Solving Problems 3



Week 12: Canal Headworks

Canal headworks: location of headworks on rivers, design of weir, fish ladder, sediment control in canal, design

example of silt ejector.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 3



Week 13: Gravity Dams Gravity Dams : Forces on Gravity Dam, causes of failure of gravity dam , elementary profile of a Gravity dam, design

example of gravity irrigation dam not more tha 6.0 meter high

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 3

378



Week 14:Gravity Dams (continued) Gravity Dams : Forces on Gravity Dam, causes of failure of gravity dam , elementary profile of a Gravity dam, design

example of gravity irrigation dam not more tha 6.0 meter high

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 4



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 30%

Class Tests 20% 50%

Laboratory N/A


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:



Assignment 1

Week 8 10% Complete Design

of siphon aqueduct


Complete design of culvert.

Assignment 3

Week 13 10%

Design example of

Baffled apron drop

379






A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



380











381

LECTURER: TBA


BEC716 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Structural Analysis Credit Points 16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A







Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



To teach the students the theory and principles of structural analysis of statically indeterminate members subjected to lateral loads , i.e. the portal method, cantilever method and the factor method. It also include exact linear elastic analysis of beams, frames and trusses by stiffness method and the flexibility method. It further covers the conventional elastic analysis of beams and frames by force method slope deflection equations, moment distribution method.

382


Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to do structural analysis :

1.2.1. Beams analysis using the stiffness method

1.2.2. Truss analysis using the stiffness method

1.2.3. Plane Frame analysis using the stiffness method

1.2.4. Beams analysis using the flexibility method 1.2.5.Truss analysis using the flexibility method

1.2.6. Plane Frame anlysis using the flexibility method

1.2.7.The Displacement Method - Slope Deflections Equations for Frames with or without sidesway

1.2.8.The Displacement Method - Moment Distribution for Frames with or without sidesway

1.2.9. Beams and Frames having non prismatic members

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition, ISBN 0-13-098460


2.2.1. Matrix Methods of Structural analysis, 1st edition by Dr. A.S. Meghre and S.K. Desmukh,

ISBN: 81-85594 -08 -3

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Engineering Structures Types of structures and loads : Classification of structures, loads, structural design, problem solving, internal loadings

developed in structural members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 1 ( pages 3 -28) and Chapter 4(pages 135 -167)Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 2


Solving Problems 4


383

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 2: Statically Indeterminate Structures

Approximate analysis of statically indeterminate structures subjected to lateral/horizontal forces by portal method,

cantilever method and factor method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 7 ( pages 259 -284) Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 3: Force Method

Analysis of statically indeterminate structures by Force method : Maxwell theorem of reciprocal displacement,

Betti's Law . Force method of analysis of beams, frames and trusses.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 4: Force Method (continued)

Analysis of statically indeterminate structures by Force method : Maxwell theorem of reciprocal displacement,

Betti's Law . Force method of analysis of beams, frames and trusses.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 10 (pages 383 -404) and Chapter 4(pages 135 -167)Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition

2


384

Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 5: Displacement Method of Analysis (Slope Deflection Equation)

Slope Deflection Equations of beams and frames with or without sideways.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 11( pages 433 -462) Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 3


Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 6:Displacement Method of Analysis (Moment Distribution Method)

Moment distribution method of beams and frames with or without sideways.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 7 : Analysis of Non Prismatic Members Beams and Frames having non prismatic members : deflection of non prismatic members , moment distribution and

slope deflection equation for non prismatic members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



385

Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 8: Truss Analysis Truss analysis using the stiffness method: fundamentals of the stiffness method,members stiffness matrix application of

stiffness method to truss analysis, space truss analysis

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:



Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 9: Beam Analysis Using Stiffness Method Beam analysis using the stiffness method : beam -member stiffness matrix, beam structure stiffness matrix, application

of stiffness method to beam analysis

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 15( pages 565 -582) Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 10:Frame Analysis Using Stiffness Method

Frame analysis using the stiffness method : frame -member stiffness matrix, frame structure stiffness matrix, application

of stiffness method to frame analysis

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

386

Readings: Chapter 16( pages585 -599) Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 2


Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 11:Frame Analysis Using Stiffness Method (continued)

Frame analysis using the stiffness method : frame -member stiffness matrix, frame structure stiffness matrix,

application of stiffness method to frame analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 16( pages585 -599) Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, 5th edition 1


Solving Problems 6


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 12: Flexibility Method of Structural Analysis

Flexibility method: calculation of displacements, calculation of displacements general approach in flexibility method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 27 -61) Matrix Methods of Structural analysis, 1st edition by Dr. A.S. Meghre and S.K. Desmukh,

2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 13: Flexibility Method as Applied to Beams and Frames

Application of flexibility method to beams and frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


387

0 Readings: Chapter 2 (pages 27 -61) Matrix Methods of Structural analysis, 1st edition by Dr. A.S. Meghre and S.K. Desmukh,

2


Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 14: Flexibility Method as Applied to Beams and Frames(continued)

Application of flexibility method to beams and frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 2 (pages 27 -61) Matrix Methods of Structural analysis, 1st edition by Dr. A.S. Meghre and S.K. Desmukh,

2


Solving Problems 5



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory N/A


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:







388




A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



389










390

LECTURER: TBA


BEC717 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Earthquake Engineering Credit Points

16



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A







Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0





1.0 Welcome



The unit aims to introduce to students the theories and principles of engineering seismology . It include the study of origin, causes and effects of earthquake , calculation of the design shear force in a vertical engineering structures, and learning the basic theories and principles of design of earthquake resistant structure.


391


1.2.1. Analyse the principle of plate tectonics in relation to the nature of earthquake , their origin classification and effects; 1.2.2. Carry out the scientific methods of measurement of intensity of earthquakes by Modified Mercalli Scale and magnitude of earthquake by Richter Scale;

1.2.3. Analyse design model, seismicity model, seismic hazard analysis and probabilistic seismic hazard

1.2.4. Analyse the dynamics and seismic response of engineering structures

1.2.5. Calculate the lateral Base shear force due to earthquake by equivalent lateral force method.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Fundamental of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla W. Montgomery

2.1.2. Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal ISBN - 13: 978 -0- 19 -568817 -7

2.1.3. Design of Reinforced Concrete , 8th Edition by Jack Mc Cormac and Russel H. Brown

ISBN -13 978 - 0- 470 - 27927 - 4


2.2.1. Park, R. and Paulay, T. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Wiley Publications, New York.

2.2.2. Principle of Foundation Engineering, 5th Edition by Braja M. Das ISBN 0-534-40752

2.2.3. Concrete Structures by warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes, ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.2.4. Earthquake Resistant Design, A Manual for Engineers and Architects by D.J. Dorwick,

John Wiley and Sons.

2.3 Class Shares


Week 1: Origin, Causes and Measurement of Earthquake Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics: Continental Drift, Types of Plate Boundaries (Divergent Plate Boundaries, Transform Boundaries,Convergent Plate Boundaries). Stress and strains in rocks, seismic waves and earthquake locations, locating the epicenter, intensity and magnitude of earthquakes, Modifed Mercalli Scale, Richter Scale, Elastic Rebound Theory,

Earthquakes related hazards and their mitigation, Earthquake prediction and control, and seismic zoning.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

392

Readings: Chapters 9 and 10( pages 121 -153) Fundamental of Geology, 2nd Edition by Carla W. Montgomery 3


Solving Problems 4



Week 2: Good Conceptual of Building Structures for Earthquake Resisting Purposes

Damping of structures : Damping values for building, typical damping ratio for structures. Dynamics of soils and seismic

response. Good conceptual design of building structures for earthquake resisting purposes

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 61 -65) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 1

Chapter 3 (pages 82-99) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 1


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 3: Good Conceptual of Building Structures for Earthquake Resisting Purposes (Continued) Good conceptual design of building structures for earthquake resisting purposes: functional planning, simplicity and symmetry, stiffness and strength, ductility, framing systems, choice of construction materials. The strong column-weak

beam design principle.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 104 - 123) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems 4



393

Week 4: Earthquake Resistant Structures Theories and principles of design of earthquake resistant structures: design horizontal earthquake load, design vertical earthquake load, seismic method of analysis ( Equivalent Lateral Force Method, Response Spectrum analysis. Elastic

Time History Method). Energy Dissipation and dissipating devices (Dampers).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 5 (pages 131- 174) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 4


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 5: Method of Analysis of Design Seismic Loads

Application of static analysis and dynamic analysis in determining the design seismic loads.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 175 - 187 ) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 1


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 6: Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Seismic design of reinforced concrete structures : soil site class, occupancy and importance factors, seismic design loads, computation of base shear force by equivalent lateral force procedure , detailing requirements for different classes of

reinforced concrete moment frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

394


0 Readings: Chapter 21 (pages 629 - 645) Design of Reinforced Concrete , 8th Edition by Jack Mc Cormac and Russel H. Brown

2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 7: Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Continuation : Seismic design of reinforced concrete structures : soil site class, occupancy and importance factors, seismic design loads, computation of base shear force by equivalent lateral force procedure , detailing

requirements for different classes of reinforced concrete moment frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 21 (pages 629 - 645) Design of Reinforced Concrete , 8th Edition by Jack Mc Cormac and Russel H. Brown

2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 8: Effect of Earthquake in Masonry buildings Masonry buildings: categories and behavior of masonry buildings in relation to earthquake, infill walls, seismic design requirements, strenthening of masonry walls.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 6 (pages 192 - 211 ) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems Preparation of Practical Reports

4 0


395

Week 9: Effect of Earthquake in Masonry buildings (continued) Masonry buildings: categories and behavior of masonry buildings in relation to earthquake, infill walls,

seismic design requirements, strenthening of mazonry walls.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 6 (pages 192 - 211 ) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 10: Effect of Earthquake in Timber buildings

Timber Buildings: Site response, fire resistance, decay, timber sheet panel panel construction, stud wall

restoration and strengthening.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 7 (pages 239 - 263) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11 Week 11: Effect of Earthquake in Steel Buildings Steel Buildings : ductile design of frame members, flexural members, connection design and joint behaviour, bracing

members, retrofitting and strengthening of structural steel frame

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

396

Chapter 9 (pages 342 - 374) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 3


Solving Problems 5


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 12: Effect of Earthquake in Steel Buildings (continued) Steel Buildings : ductile design of frame members, flexural members, connection design and joint behaviour, bracing members, retrofitting and strengthening of structural steel frame involved and safety criteria; behaviours of steel structures

under strong earth quake

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 9 (pages 342 - 374) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 3


Solving Problems 4


Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12 Week 13: Failure of Non Structural Elements Non structural elements : failure mechanisms of non structures, analysis of non structural elements, prevention of non

structural damage, isolation of non structures

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings: Chapter 10 (pages 387 -399) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems 4



397

Week 14: Failure of Non Structural Elements (continued) Non structural elements : failure mechanisms of non structures, analysis of non structural elements, prevention of non-structural damage, isolation of non structures

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Chapter 10 (pages 387 -399) Design of Earthquake Resistant structures by S.K. Dugal 2


Solving Problems 5



4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:










398

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0






399







400

LECTURER: TBA


BEC718 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Advanced Water Engineering Project Credit Points 16

LECTURES: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours of lectures for 12 weeks of the semester.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial for 12 weeks of the semester.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A






Lectures 48

Tutorials 12

Design Work 50

Oral Presentation 40





1.0 Welcome



The aim of the unit is for the student to learn the hydraulic analysis and structural design of Gravity Reinforced Concrete Irrigation Dam (Height < 6.00 meters).


401

The main purpose of the unit is for the student to apply their academic knowledge in the actual design of water engineering structures . The students will be required to do a complete design (with the proper guidance of the unit lecturer) of : 1. Hydraulic analysis and structural design of Gravity Reinforced Concrete Irrigation Dam (Height < 6.00 meters) and

2. Design of Microhydropower Plant to provide electricity to a small community not being serviced by the national grid.

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Do actual design and hydraulic analysis of a Gravity Irrigation Dam.

1.2.2. Apply the basic principles involved in the design of a microhydropower plant .

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text


2.3 Class Shares

3.0 Guidelines of the Design Project

3.1. Teaching/Learning Method Advanced Water Engineering is a full time class-based unit; it can be conducted four hours (4) every week with the unit lecturer supervising, encouraging and guiding the student using the individual tutorial technique on the things that should be done to complete the hydraulic structural stability analysis. In this teaching method the student is required to defend his hydraulic and structural design analysis pursuant to the internationally accepted Code of Engineering practice. The tutorial sessions will serve as an actual training for the students to experience the inter-personal relationships he will encounter in the construction industry. The series of tutorial sessions culminates in the design presentation which should be done in front of the Design Panel. The student should convince the Design Panel on the accuracyof his/her hydraulic analysis and reliability of his structural stability analysis. To do this the student need not only to show the soundness of his solution but must also prove that his/her hydraulic and design stability analysis satisfy the requirement of internationally accepted Code of Engineering Practice. The student must also identify the beneficiaries of the proposed works. These beneficiaries may be private individuals, groups, or commercial enterprises or any government owned or controlled corporations. Whichever is the case the benefits must be clearly stated and the object of the benefit clearly identified.

402

3.2. Design Analysis Timetable

The unit is scheduled on year 4 semester 2 of the programme, and the student might experience time constraint problem in completing the design. To overcome the time constraint problem, students who have been able to get employment/work attachment in the industry are encouraged to seek and discuss their design with their line manager/supervising engineer.

3.3 Scope of the Design of Irrigation Dam

A. Hydraulic Design, Flood Estimation and Structural Design of Irrigation Dam (Height < 6.0m)

1. Nature of the Project: Irrigation Dam (Height < 6.00 meters) 2. Purpose and Objective of the Design Project: 3. List of Resource person, text books and references

4. Design Standard used

5. Clear pictures of the location of the project site

6. Location Plan complete with geographical data and topographical data of the Project site.

7. Cross section of the proposed dam axis and at least four (4) cross- sections more, two to be taken upstream at points along the river spaced 200 meters apart and the other two at the downstream side of the dam line similarly spaced. Each cross section must show the character of the river bed, the nature and kind of vegetation on the banks and flood plains, the water surface elevation at the time of the survey, and the maximum flood level elevation. The ordinary water surface should also be indicated in the cross sections which are usually drawn at a scale of 1:100. Where applicable, in cases where the maximum flood overtops the river banks, the cross-sections should extend beyond both banks up to the point where the maximum flood meets the natural ground surface. 8. Flood studies including observed rainfall data (minimum of 20 years of record from a gauging station located at site). 9. Method adopted in determination of design flood estimation (Hydrograph or by run off Routing method). If the site is not gauged, indicate the method adopted in determining design flood.

B. Hydraulic Design

1. Criteria in selection of dam site.

2. Shape of overflow spillway section, whether ogee-shaped crested weir or broad crested weir

3. Advisable length of Spillway crest.

4. Energy dissipaters and stilling basins below dam

5. Method of calculating hydraulic jump height

6. Determination of length of downstream apron slab by the use of jump height.

7. Required size of chute blocks

8. Advisable extent and size of riprap below stilling basins

9. Depth of scour and required length of downstream cut –off walls.

C. Structural Design and stability

1. Factor of safety

403

2. Allowable bearing capacity of foundation materials

3. Forces acting on the dam

4. Analysis of water pressure acting on the dam

5. Advisable thickness of downstream apron

6. Advisable thickness of downstream apron

7. Uplift pressure of dam on rock foundations

8. Structural design requirement of guide banks and retaining walls.

9. Hydraulic design consideration for sluiceway

10. Hydraulic design requirements for Diversion Canal Intake works. 4.0 Oral Presentation

The student shall be required to present personally his design project for marking purposes. Hence, physical oral presentation is a compulsory process. If the student failed to present his work on the scheduled time or any time extension granted to him, it will be implied that he is widthrawing from the unit and he shall be required to re-enrol again the unit.

Two (2) Copies of the Design Project Report should be submitted, one for the copy of the Lecturer, another for the reference of the candidate for his use during Final presentation.


Week 1: Hydraulic Design Flood Estimation and Structural Design Hydraulic Design Flood Estimation and Structural Design: a) Nature of the Project: Irrigation Dam, Height < 6.00 meters

b) Purpose & Objective of the Design Project

c) List of Resource Person, textbooks and references

d) Design Standard used

e) Clear pictures of the location of the project site

f) Clear pictures of the location of the project site

g) Location plan complete with geographical data and topographical data of the site

h) Cross section of the proposed dam axis and at least four (4) cross sections more, to be taken

upstream at points along the river spaced 200 meters apart and the other two at the downstream

side of the dam line similarly spaced. Each cross section must show the character of the river bed,

the nature and kind of vegetation on the banks and flood plains, the water surface elevation at the

time of the survey, and the maximum flood level elevation. The ordinary water surface should also

be indicated in the cross sections which are usually drawn at a scale of 1:100. Where applicable, in

cases where the maximum flood overtops the river banks, the cross-sections should extend beyond

both banks up to the point where the maximum flood meets the natural ground surface.

i) Flood studies including observed rainfall data (minimum of 20 years of record from a gauging station located at the site.

404

j) Method adopted in determination of design flood estimation (Hydrograph or by run off Routing Method). If the site is ungauged. Method adopted in determining design flood

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Design Work etc 5

Readings:

Reaseach Works 8

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8 Week 2: Hydraulic Design Flood Estimation and Structural Design (Continued)

Hydraulic Design flood estimation and structural design

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Reaseach Works 8


Week 3: Hydraulic Design a) Criteria in selection of dam site.

b) Shape of overflow spillway section, whether ogge-shaped crested weir or broad crested weir.

c) Advisable length of Spillway crest.

d) Energy dissipaters and stilling basins below dam.

e) Method of calculating hydraulic jump height

f) Determination of length of downstream apron slab by the use of jump height.

g) Required size of chute blocks.

h) Advisable extent and size of riprap below stilling basins.

i) Depth of scour and required length of downstream cut-off walls.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

405

Readings:

Research Works 8


Week 4: Hydraulic Design (Continued)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 8


Week 5: Hydraulic Design (Continued)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Design Work etc. 4

Readings:

Research Works 8


Week 6: Structural Design and Stability a) Factor of Safety

b) Allowable bearing capacity of foundation materials.

c) Forces acting on the dam.

d) Analysis of water pressure acting on the dam.

e) Advisable thickness of downstream apron.

f) Uplift pressure of dam on rock foundations.

g) Structural design requirement of guide banks and retaining walls.

h) Hydraulic design consideration for sluiceway.

i) Hydraulic design requirements for Diversion Canal Intake works.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

406


Readings: Research Works 8


Week 7: Structural Design and Stability (Continued)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 8



No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Research Works 8



No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Research Works 8


407


No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Research Works 8



No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Research Works 5



No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0 Readings:

Research Works 5


Week 13: Oral Presentation

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0


Oral Presentation 20

408

Readings:


Week 14: Oral Presentation

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0




6.0 Assessment


A. Gathering of hydrological , geological and topographical data, Hydrological analysis

Week 4 10%

B. Hydraulic design of the

parts of the Irrigation dam

1) Design of spillway crest Week 6

20% 2) Design of downstream apron Week 9

3) Design of upstream Apron Week10

4) Design of energy dissipater Week11

5) Structural design stability Week12 10%

of Masonry dam

6) Preparation of architectural Week13 10%

and structural plan

C.) Oral Presentation Week 14 & Week 15 50%



A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

409

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0







410






411

LECTURER: TBA


BEC713 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Ports, Harbours & Coastal Engineering Credit Points 14



WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 9- 10 hours per week for this unit.





Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs / Workshops 0

Field Trips

8

Self-Directed Learning (during term) 132

Self-Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)





The aim of this unit is to introduce to students the concept of study on wave mechanics and coastal

processes along with fundamentals that underline the practice of coastal engineering.

Mechanics of wave motion; wave refraction, diffraction and reflection; wave forecasting;

predicting waves from extreme events such as tsunami and tropical cyclones; shore processes;

planning of coastal engineering projects; beach nourishment; design of seawalls, breakwaters,

412

and revetments; dredging; coastal sustainability



1.2.1. Analyse the fundamentals of wave mechanics

1.2.2. Apply the principle of statistics and probability analysis in wave forecasting

1.2.3. Analyse the processes of coastal wave transformation, and the effects of these

transformations on the near shore environment.

1.2.4. Compare the methods of hard and soft coastal protection design

1.2.5. Develop an understanding of the long-term thinking required of coastal design,

including environmental and sustainability issues.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Textbook

2.1.1. Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 (ISBN-10: 0-387-23333-4)

2.1.2. Port Engineering by Zhou Liu and Hans F. Burcharth, 1999

2.1.3. Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010


2.2.1. Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics


2.2.2. Shore Protection Manual, published by Waterways Experiment Station, 1984

2.2.3. Integrated Coastal Management Framework of the Republic of Fiji, pub. by Dept of Envir, 2011

2.3 Class Shares


WEEK 1: INTRODUCTION TO COASTAL ENGINEERING Introduction to Coastal Engineering (Defines Coastl, Coastal Engineering and Coastal Science);

Water Wave Theory ( Introduction, definition of wave parameters, linear wave theory, nonlinear

wave theory, other theory, waves breaking, validity of wave breaking)

Practical problems ( Learn examples with given solutions)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

413

Readings: Chapter 1-2 (Pages 1 - 49) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Part I Chapter 1.3 (Pages 1 - 2) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Revision of Lecture Notes 3

Solving Problems 2



WEEK 2: WAVE TRANSFORMATION Wave Transformation (Estimation of Near shore Waves introduction, background, practical limitations,

Role of gauging, Physical modeling), Principles of Wave Transformation,(Introduction,

Wave transformation equation, types of wave transformation)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Chapter 4 (Pages 53-76) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Part II Chapter 3.1 (Pages 1-3) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 3.2 (Pages 4,5) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 3: WAVE TRANSFORMATION (Continued)

Wave transformation (Refraction and Shoaling), Wave rays, straight and parallel contours, realistic

bathmetry, Problems in ray approach, wave diffraction, reflection, Refraction and shoaling of wave spectra,

alternative formulas i. Mild slope equation ii. Boussnesq equations.)

No of Lectures 4

414

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (Pages 157 - 193) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

4 Part II Chapter 7.2 (Pages 3-17) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 4: WAVE ANALYSIS Wave Analysis & Statistics (Introduces irregular waves, wave train and spectral analysis).

Long-term wave analysis & statistics. ( introduces Stochastic time history, Extremal probability

distribution functions, empirical simulation technique )

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings: Part II Chapter 8.4 (Pages 3 - 4) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics

5

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 8.5 (Pages 4 - 13) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part II Chapter 8.6 (Pages 13 - 56) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Chapter 5 (Pages 113 -154) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 5: TIDES

415

Tides (Introduction: a. Purpose, b. Applicability, c. Scope of Manual; Classification of Water

Waves: a. Wave Classification, b. Discussion; Astronomical Tides: a. description of tides, b. tidal time series

analysis, c. Glossary of tide elevation terms), Coastal Water Level Fluctuations: (Long Wave Equations,

Astronomical Tide Generation and Characteristics, Tide Datums and Tide Prediction, Tsunamis, Basin

Oscillations, Storm Surge and Design Storms). Exam Review

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


0

Readings:


4 Part II Chapter 8.5 (Pages 4 - 13) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2



WEEK 6: COASTAL SEDIMENT PROPERTIES

Coastal Sediment Properties (Introduction, Classification of Sediment by size, compositional

Properties, Fall Velocity, Bulk Properties.)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 8 (Pages 247 -285) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006

Part III Chapter 1-1 (Pages 1 - 33) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics



4

Solving Problems

3


2

416


WEEK 7: LONGSHORE SEDIMENT TRANSPORT

Long shore Sediment Transport: a. Introduction (Overview, Scope of chapter) b. Long shore Sediment

Transport Processes( Definitions, Modes of sediment transport, field of sediment transport, field

identification of longshore sediment transport) c. Predicting Potential Longshore Sediment Transport

(Energy flux method, longshore current method, using hind cast wave data, deviation from potential

longshore sediment transport rates, Littoral drift roses, cross-shore distribution of longshore sediment

transport calculations, three dimensionality of shorelines features, empirical shoreline models,

analytical longshore sand transport shoreline change models)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


6 Part III Chapter 2 (Pages 1 - 77) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


2

Solving Problems

1


0


WEEK 8: COASTAL PLANNING Coastal Planning (Introduction, the planning process, six major planning steps, planning

coordinator requirements, criteria development, design process, construction and monitoring,

generic chart); Site Characterization; Shore Protection Projects.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1



Readings: Part V Chapter 1 (Pages 1-15) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics


Part V Chapter 2 (Pages 1-30) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal &

417

Hydraulics

Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part V Chapter 3 (Pages 1-92) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


2

Solving Problems

0


0


WEEK 9: RUBBLE MOUND BREAKWATER DESIGN Design of Rubble Mound Breakwaters / structures (introduction, components of rubble mound

breakwater, types of rubble mound breakwaters, construction method of rubble mound

breakwaters, construction procedures, quarry run)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

Chapter 7.5 (Pages 214 -226) Basic Coastal Engineering by Robert Sorensen, 2006 4

Chapter 3 (Pages 47 -70) Port Engineering by Zhou Liu and Hans F. Burcharth, 1999


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 10: NAVIGATIONAL PROJECTS Navigational Projects (Project Assessment and Alternative Selection, Defining Vessel requirements,

data Needs and Sources (Pre-project), Economic Analysis, Channel Depth, Channel Alignment and Width,

Other Project Features, Aids to Navigation, Operation/Monitoring & Maintenance, Model and Specialized

Field Studies)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:

418


5 Part V Chapter 5 (Pages 1-93) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 11: COASTAL STRUCTURES TYPES AND FUNCTIONS Types and Functions of Coastal Structures (Applications, Typical Cross Sections and Layouts,

Main Types of Concrete Structure Types) Monitoring, Maintenance and Repair of Coastal Projects

(Maintenance of Coastal Projects, Inspecting and Monitoring Coastal Structures, Repairing and

Rehabilitation of Coastal Structures)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings:


5

Part VI Chapter 2 (Pages 1-55) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100) Part VI Chapter 8 (Pages 1-59) Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), maintained by the Coastal & Hydraulics Laboratory and the Waterways Experiment Station, 2002 (EM 1110 - 2- 1100)


3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 12: HARBOURS Harbor (Introduction, mechanical analogy, closed basins, open basins - general, open

basins-simple shapes, open basins - complex shapes, open basins- Helmholtz, harbour resonance);

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1


419







3

Solving Problems

2


0


WEEK 13: HARBOURS (Continued) Overtopping (problems example) & Coastal Flooding (Analysis and Assessment of Risk)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1



4





3

Solving Problems

3


0


WEEK 14: INTEGRATED COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT Integrated Coastal Zone Management; Environmental / Sustainability issues; (Introduction,

Status of coastal management in Fiji, Current Coastal Condition, Coastal activities and users, coastal

data collection systems, current coastal management initiatives, funding possibilities)

No of Lectures 4

420

No. of Tutorials 1


Readings: Chapter 1 ( Pages 1 - 32) Integrated Coastal Management Framework of the Republic of Fiji, pub. by Dept of Environment, 2011

4

Chapter 36.4 (Pages 1016 -1018) Coastal Engineering Handbook by Young C Kim, 2010


3

Solving Problems

3


0


4.0 Assessment


Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%


Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:




Topics: Introduction to Coastal Engineering


Topics: Wave Transformation and Wave Analysis


Topics: Tides


Topics: Sediment Transport and Longshore Transport


Topics: Coastal Planning



421




A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0











P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0



422








